40%OFFCode JMU
Lucid Trading
#1 Ranked Firm
Plans with on-demand payouts · starting at $39
$795,660,030paid to traders
Lucid Trading
#1 Ranked Firm
Plans with on-demand payouts · starting at $39
$795,660,030paid to traders
Futures Prop Firm Rule Radar
Every night Rule Radar archives the help center of every futures prop firm on the price list and shows exactly what changed: which page, which line, dated, before and after. Payout terms, consistency rules, drawdown math, activation fees: firms rewrite these without an announcement, and this is where you catch it. Updated pages open to the exact wording that changed, every article keeps a full version history you can compare, and a plain-English line on each row says what happened. Nothing here is written by the firms. It is their own help center, read every day and kept. – Jmu (@jmutrades)
Trading perpetuals instead? See the Perps Rule Radar ›
Reading the radar
Updates onlyrule edits on their own; New pages and Removed are one click away
Before and afterwhat the page said, side by side, changed words marked
Version historyevery archived copy of an article, pick any two and compare
Starredthe changes I think matter most, pinned at the top
Starred changes
PremierBulenox · Account Parameters | Fast Track AccountTrailing Drawdown for $50,000 account changed from $2,250 to $2,000; table formatting reformatted for readability.Oct 20
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
After
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $338 | $1,000 | no daily loss limit | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $488 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $648 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $788 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
1 mini = 10 micros.
Both options share the same risk logic. Option 1 uses the trailing drawdown. Option 2 uses the end-of-day drawdown together with a daily loss limit and has no scaling plan.
On both options the drawdown follows the balance upward and then stops for good once it reaches the starting balance plus $100. From that point it is a fixed floor and no longer moves.
On Option 2 the daily loss limit stays active for the whole life of the account and is never lifted. The $25,000 Option 2 account is the exception: it has no daily loss limit.
PremierBulenox · Account Parameters | Momentum AccountTrailing Drawdown values changed for $50,000, $100,000, and $150,000 accounts; EOD Drawdown values also changed for those tiers.Oct 20
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
After
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
Option 1 (Trailing Drawdown)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | Trailing Drawdown | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | 3 minis (30 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 7 minis (70 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 15 minis (150 micros) |
Option 2 (EOD Drawdown / No scaling)
−
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,250 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $4,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $5,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
+
| Account Size | One-Time Fee | Profit Target | EOD Drawdown | Daily Loss Limit | Contract Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $94 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $600 | 2 minis (20 micros) |
| $50,000 | $143 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $1,200 | 4 minis (40 micros) |
| $100,000 | $248 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | 8 minis (80 micros) |
| $150,000 | $358 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,300 | 12 minis (120 micros) |
PremierBluSky · Propel Plans: Phases, Rules and Costs | BluSky Rules and Help Center6 values changed, including $250 to $500.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
−
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
After
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
+
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
We split that step out and call it the Buffer Zone. It is where you build the balance that carries into your Sim Funded account, and it is deliberately gentler than the evaluation you just passed: a smaller target and no daily loss limit.
| Account size | Profit target | Drawdown | Consistency | Largest single day |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $1,200 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $510 (34% of target) |
| 50K | $3,000 | $2,000 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 100K | $3,500 | $2,500 Trailing (EOD) | 34% | $1,190 (34% of target) |
| 150K | $2,000 | $-1,000 Static | 34% | $680 (34% of target) |
| 200K | $3,000 | $-2,000 Static | 34% | $1,020 (34% of target) |
| 300K | $3,500 | $-2,500 Static | 21% | $735 (21% of target) |
And if you fail it, you reset the Buffer Zone on its own. Your evaluation still stands — you never go back to the beginning. Resets are $250 each for the first three, then $300 for resets four to six, $350 for seven to nine, and so on. If your Buffer Zone had already passed into Sim Funded, a reset is $500. These are the Propel Buffer Zone reset prices.
Phase 3 — Sim Funded
Your account is still simulated, but the profits are real and you can withdraw them. There is no profit target here — the job is to keep trading well.
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|
Section: Phase 3 — Sim Funded
−
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $250 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $250 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $250 | $3,000 |
+
| Account size | Starting balance | Minimum balance | Payout minimum | 7-day payout cap |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 25K | $1,500 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 50K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 100K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
| 150K | $2,000 | $100 | $500 | $1,500 |
| 200K | $3,000 | $100 | $500 | $2,500 |
| 300K | $3,500 | $100 | $500 | $3,000 |
Payouts can be requested daily, Monday to Friday, on any balance above your starting balance. Requests made before 11am ET are processed the same trading day. While Sim Funded, stop trading for the day once you are $5,000 up and for the week once you are $10,000 up — passing $10,000 in total profit triggers a review for Live Brokerage, where the caps come off entirely.
Nothing is charged during this phase. Your subscription ended at the evaluation.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,000 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $600 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $600 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,000 + $900 + $900 + $600 = $3,400. Your biggest day of $1,000 is 29.4% of that — inside the 34% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,400 − $600 = $2,800. The same $1,000 day is now 35.7% — outside the same rule. ❌
The 300K works to a 21% rule instead, so the same week would need your profit spread across more days to comply.
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting a Propel evaluation
Most traders do not pass first time. A reset clears the days traded, the balance and the rules by creating a fresh evaluation account, so you can try again without buying a new plan.
| Account size | Propel evaluation reset |
|---|
PremierLucid Trading · LucidFlex Evaluation Account | Lucid Trading Help CenterConsistency requirement changed from 50% to 40% baseline with 50% option available, and consistency pass timeline details updated.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
−
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 50% | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 50% | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 50% | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 50% | 10 mini or 100 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
− - Optional DLL available at checkout
− - The LucidFlex evaluation 50% consistency has cushion built in, so you can pass in two days
After
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
+
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 10 mini or 100 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
+ - Customize at checkout: Daily Loss Limit On or Off, and 40% or 50% consistency (see LucidFlex Customization)
+ - Pass in as few as 3 days with 40% consistency, or 2 days with the 50% consistency add-on
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
The LucidFlex evaluation is a simulated account with a profit target that must be hit before traders are eligible to upgrade to a LucidFlex funded account. See account sizes and details below.
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Overview
−
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 50% | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 50% | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 50% | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 50% | 10 mini or 100 micros |
+
| Account Size | Profit Target | Max Loss Limit | Consistency % | Max Size |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,250 | $1,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 2 mini or 20 micros |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 4 mini or 40 micros |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 6 mini or 60 micros |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | 40% (50% with add-on) | 10 mini or 100 micros |
LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
- One-time fee, no monthly rebilling, take as long as you need to pass
- Real-time activation, upgrade to funded account within 5-30 minutes of hitting profit target
- No activation fees to upgrade to funded account
Section: LucidFlex Evaluation Account Benefits
− - Optional DLL available at checkout
− - The LucidFlex evaluation 50% consistency has cushion built in, so you can pass in two days
+ - Customize at checkout: Daily Loss Limit On or Off, and 40% or 50% consistency (see LucidFlex Customization)
+ - Pass in as few as 3 days with 40% consistency, or 2 days with the 50% consistency add-on
PremierBluSky · Orbit Plans: Two Phases, Faster Payouts | BluSky Rules and Help CenterValues changed: $99 to $129, $109 to $199.Oct 15
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| 150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500 |
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
−
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $99 |
| 100K | $109 |
| 150K | $279 |
| 200K | $279 |
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
After
| 150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500 |
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
+
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $129 |
| 100K | $199 |
| 150K | $279 |
| 200K | $279 |
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
| 150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500 |
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
−
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $99 |
| 100K | $109 |
+
| Account size | Orbit evaluation reset |
|---|---|
| 50K | $129 |
| 100K | $199 |
| 150K | $279 |
| 200K | $279 |
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · 24 Hours Payout Guarantee | Blue Guardian | FuturesRemoved compliance checks and risk reviews as exceptions; added technical delays or system issues as exception.Oct 20
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Blue Guardian is committed to processing eligible payout requests as quickly and efficiently as possible. For accounts covered by our 24-Hour Payout Guarantee, eligible payouts are processed within 24 business hours.
If an eligible payout exceeds this timeframe, the trader will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of the payout guarantee.
Exceptions
The 24-hour timeframe may be paused or excluded in circumstances where additional processing or action is required. The guarantee does not apply to delays involving:
- Weekends or applicable bank holidays
- Compliance checks, risk reviews, or additional account investigations
- Rise onboarding or processing delays
Section: Exceptions
- Pending documentation, verification, or information from the trader
- Any required action from the trader that has not yet been completed
The 24-business-hour time frame begins once the payout request is eligible for processing and all required information, documentation, and trader actions have been completed.
If a payout is subject to additional compliance or risk review, the guarantee will not apply for the duration of that review.
After
Blue Guardian is committed to processing eligible payout requests as quickly and efficiently as possible. For accounts covered by our 24-Hour Payout Guarantee, eligible payouts are processed within 24 business hours.
If an eligible payout exceeds this timeframe, the trader will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of the payout guarantee.
Exceptions
The 24-hour timeframe may be paused or excluded in circumstances where additional processing or action is required. The guarantee does not apply to delays involving:
- Weekends or applicable bank holidays
- Compliance checks, risk reviews, or additional account investigations
- Rise onboarding or processing delays
Section: Exceptions
+ - Technical delays or system issues
- Pending documentation, verification, or information from the trader
- Any required action from the trader that has not yet been completed
The 24-business-hour time frame begins once the payout request is eligible for processing and all required information, documentation, and trader actions have been completed.
If a payout is subject to additional compliance or risk review, the guarantee will not apply for the duration of that review.
Blue Guardian is committed to processing eligible payout requests as quickly and efficiently as possible. For accounts covered by our 24-Hour Payout Guarantee, eligible payouts are processed within 24 business hours.
If an eligible payout exceeds this timeframe, the trader will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of the payout guarantee.
Exceptions
The 24-hour timeframe may be paused or excluded in circumstances where additional processing or action is required. The guarantee does not apply to delays involving:
- Weekends or applicable bank holidays
- Compliance checks, risk reviews, or additional account investigations
- Rise onboarding or processing delays
Section: Exceptions
+ - Technical delays or system issues
- Pending documentation, verification, or information from the trader
- Any required action from the trader that has not yet been completed
The 24-business-hour time frame begins once the payout request is eligible for processing and all required information, documentation, and trader actions have been completed.
If a payout is subject to additional compliance or risk review, the guarantee will not apply for the duration of that review.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Express Account Rules | Blue Guardian | Futures$500 is now $250.Oct 20
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
− - Minimum Withdrawal : $500 via crypto and $500 via rise
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
After
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
+ - Minimum Withdrawal : $250 via crypto and $500 via rise
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
− - Minimum Withdrawal : $500 via crypto and $500 via rise
+ - Minimum Withdrawal : $250 via crypto and $500 via rise
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Direct Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesValues changed: $1000 to $500, $1000 to $500.Oct 17
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Traders can request a payout once they have met the required consistency rule and payout target, subject to the account’s payout cap.
This gives traders greater flexibility, allowing payouts as soon as they meet the required conditions.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the consistency and payout profit goal.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
− - Minimum Withdrawl : $1000 via crypto and $1000 via rise
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
Traders can request a payout once they have met the required consistency rule and payout target, subject to the account’s payout cap.
This gives traders greater flexibility, allowing payouts as soon as they meet the required conditions.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the consistency and payout profit goal.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
+ - Minimum Withdrawl : $500 via crypto and $500 via rise
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
Traders can request a payout once they have met the required consistency rule and payout target, subject to the account’s payout cap.
This gives traders greater flexibility, allowing payouts as soon as they meet the required conditions.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the consistency and payout profit goal.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
− - Minimum Withdrawl : $1000 via crypto and $1000 via rise
+ - Minimum Withdrawl : $500 via crypto and $500 via rise
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Express Account Rules | Blue Guardian | Futures$100 is now $500.Oct 17
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
− - Minimum Withdrawal : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
After
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
+ - Minimum Withdrawal : $500 via crypto and $500 via rise
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
− - Minimum Withdrawal : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
+ - Minimum Withdrawal : $500 via crypto and $500 via rise
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Reserve Account Rules | Blue Guardian | Futures$100 is now $500.Oct 17
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
After a Payout
Once a payout is approved, both the 5 winning-day count and net-profit requirement reset for the next payout cycle.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
− - Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Reserve accounts can be reset after a breach, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account.
The reset fee is calculated at 10% less of the base-discounted amount paid for the account. Since Reserve accounts are available across three different challenge types, the exact reset fee will vary depending on the challenge selected, the account size and any promotional discount or coupon applied at the time of purchase.
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders with a Reserve funded account may reactivate a breached account by paying a reactivation fee, without repeating the evaluation process, provided the conditions below are met.
Eligibility and Conditions
- Before the first payout only: The account must have breached before receiving its first payout. Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible.
- Maximum of two reactivations: Each eligible account can be reactivated up to two times. After this, a new evaluation must be completed.
- 30-day window: Reactivation must be purchased within 30 calendar days of the account’s breach.
- Reactivation timing: Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please note: Reactivation is available for all Reserve funded accounts that meet these conditions, regardless of when the account was issued.
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
After a Payout
Once a payout is approved, both the 5 winning-day count and net-profit requirement reset for the next payout cycle.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
+ - Minimum Withdrawl : $500 via crypto and $500 via rise
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Reserve accounts can be reset after a breach, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account.
The reset fee is calculated at 10% less of the base-discounted amount paid for the account. Since Reserve accounts are available across three different challenge types, the exact reset fee will vary depending on the challenge selected, the account size and any promotional discount or coupon applied at the time of purchase.
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders with a Reserve funded account may reactivate a breached account by paying a reactivation fee, without repeating the evaluation process, provided the conditions below are met.
Eligibility and Conditions
- Before the first payout only: The account must have breached before receiving its first payout. Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible.
- Maximum of two reactivations: Each eligible account can be reactivated up to two times. After this, a new evaluation must be completed.
- 30-day window: Reactivation must be purchased within 30 calendar days of the account’s breach.
- Reactivation timing: Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please note: Reactivation is available for all Reserve funded accounts that meet these conditions, regardless of when the account was issued.
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After a Payout
Once a payout is approved, both the 5 winning-day count and net-profit requirement reset for the next payout cycle.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
− - Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
+ - Minimum Withdrawl : $500 via crypto and $500 via rise
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Reserve accounts can be reset after a breach, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account.
The reset fee is calculated at 10% less of the base-discounted amount paid for the account. Since Reserve accounts are available across three different challenge types, the exact reset fee will vary depending on the challenge selected, the account size and any promotional discount or coupon applied at the time of purchase.
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders with a Reserve funded account may reactivate a breached account by paying a reactivation fee, without repeating the evaluation process, provided the conditions below are met.
Eligibility and Conditions
- Before the first payout only: The account must have breached before receiving its first payout. Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible.
- Maximum of two reactivations: Each eligible account can be reactivated up to two times. After this, a new evaluation must be completed.
- 30-day window: Reactivation must be purchased within 30 calendar days of the account’s breach.
- Reactivation timing: Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please note: Reactivation is available for all Reserve funded accounts that meet these conditions, regardless of when the account was issued.
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Standard Account Rules | Blue Guardian | Futures$100 is now $500.Oct 17
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Example: A trader passes the evaluation and starts with a funded balance of $50,000.To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
e.g if the balance reaches $54,000, the trader would have $1,900 available for withdrawal ($54,000 − $52,100 = $1,900), subject to the applicable payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: 3 days after placing first trade
- Processing Time: 24 business hour
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
− - Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Standard Account Reset Fees
Standard accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
After
Example: A trader passes the evaluation and starts with a funded balance of $50,000.To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
e.g if the balance reaches $54,000, the trader would have $1,900 available for withdrawal ($54,000 − $52,100 = $1,900), subject to the applicable payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: 3 days after placing first trade
- Processing Time: 24 business hour
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
+ - Minimum Withdrawl : $500 via crypto and $500 via rise
Standard Account Reset Fees
Standard accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
Example: A trader passes the evaluation and starts with a funded balance of $50,000.To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
e.g if the balance reaches $54,000, the trader would have $1,900 available for withdrawal ($54,000 − $52,100 = $1,900), subject to the applicable payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: 3 days after placing first trade
- Processing Time: 24 business hour
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
Section: Payout Schedule
− - Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
+ - Minimum Withdrawl : $500 via crypto and $500 via rise
Standard Account Reset Fees
Standard accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Prohibited Trading Strategies | Blue Guardian | FuturesFunded Accounts trading frequency requirement changed from 7 days to 10 days for accounts upgraded on or after 10 October 2026, with two other changes.Oct 12
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Fill Manipulation: Microscalping can take advantage of simulated environments where fills are less impacted by slippage or latency, creating an unrealistic expectation of profitability.
- Market Integrity: The ultra-short durations and high frequency of trades can distort market behavior, making it difficult to maintain a fair trading environment.
- Reliability: The strategy's success often hinges on perfect conditions that are rarely found in live trading environments, leading to inconsistent results.
By contrast, scalping, when conducted ethically and within reasonable limits, aligns with Blue Guardian Futures' standards and offers traders a legitimate path to profitability.
While scalping is a legitimate and widely accepted strategy, microscalping is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures to preserve the integrity of our trading environment.
6. Is Martingale Accepted?
No, Martingale strategies are not permitted at Blue Guardian Futures.
Traders are not allowed to use trading strategies that involve progressively increasing position sizes after a losing trade or series of losses in an attempt to recover previous losses.
Any trading activity identified as Martingale may be subject to review and action in accordance with our trading rules.
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
Section: Account Inactivity
− - Funded Accounts: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
− Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
If you have any questions on this topic, please feel free to reach out to our support team via Live Chat, submit a ticket on Discord, or email us at [email protected]. We’re here to help!
After
- Fill Manipulation: Microscalping can take advantage of simulated environments where fills are less impacted by slippage or latency, creating an unrealistic expectation of profitability.
- Market Integrity: The ultra-short durations and high frequency of trades can distort market behavior, making it difficult to maintain a fair trading environment.
- Reliability: The strategy's success often hinges on perfect conditions that are rarely found in live trading environments, leading to inconsistent results.
By contrast, scalping, when conducted ethically and within reasonable limits, aligns with Blue Guardian Futures' standards and offers traders a legitimate path to profitability.
While scalping is a legitimate and widely accepted strategy, microscalping is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures to preserve the integrity of our trading environment.
6. Is Martingale Accepted?
No, Martingale strategies are not permitted at Blue Guardian Futures.
Traders are not allowed to use trading strategies that involve progressively increasing position sizes after a losing trade or series of losses in an attempt to recover previous losses.
Any trading activity identified as Martingale may be subject to review and action in accordance with our trading rules.
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
Section: Account Inactivity
+ - Funded Accounts upgraded before 10 October 2026: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
+ - Funded Accounts upgraded on or after 10 October 2026: At least one trade is required every 10 calendar days.
+ Calendar days include weekends and public holidays. Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
If you have any questions on this topic, please feel free to reach out to our support team via Live Chat, submit a ticket on Discord, or email us at [email protected]. We’re here to help!
- Fill Manipulation: Microscalping can take advantage of simulated environments where fills are less impacted by slippage or latency, creating an unrealistic expectation of profitability.
- Market Integrity: The ultra-short durations and high frequency of trades can distort market behavior, making it difficult to maintain a fair trading environment.
- Reliability: The strategy's success often hinges on perfect conditions that are rarely found in live trading environments, leading to inconsistent results.
By contrast, scalping, when conducted ethically and within reasonable limits, aligns with Blue Guardian Futures' standards and offers traders a legitimate path to profitability.
While scalping is a legitimate and widely accepted strategy, microscalping is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures to preserve the integrity of our trading environment.
6. Is Martingale Accepted?
No, Martingale strategies are not permitted at Blue Guardian Futures.
Traders are not allowed to use trading strategies that involve progressively increasing position sizes after a losing trade or series of losses in an attempt to recover previous losses.
Any trading activity identified as Martingale may be subject to review and action in accordance with our trading rules.
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
Section: Account Inactivity
− - Funded Accounts: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
− Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
+ - Funded Accounts upgraded before 10 October 2026: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
+ - Funded Accounts upgraded on or after 10 October 2026: At least one trade is required every 10 calendar days.
+ Calendar days include weekends and public holidays. Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
If you have any questions on this topic, please feel free to reach out to our support team via Live Chat, submit a ticket on Discord, or email us at [email protected]. We’re here to help!
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · What is the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account? | Blue Guardian | FuturesAdded clarification on combined drawdown cap of $15,000 per live account with split account option for larger drawdowns.Oct 9
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Your maximum position size is based on your combined Live Drawdown:
| Combined Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|
| Up to $2,000 | 2 Minis / 20 Micros |
| $2,000 – $4,500 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $4,500 – $6,500 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $6,500 – $9,500 | 8 Minis / 80 Micros |
| $9,500 – $15,000 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Example
A trader merges three $50,000 funded accounts. The Live Account opens with a $6,000 combined Live Drawdown and a maximum position size of 6 Minis / 60 Micros.
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Accounts come with preset risk limits, including when multiple Live accounts are moved over. However, we can certainly consider increasing leverage and making adjustments based on consistent performance.
For example, traders who demonstrate strong and consistent risk management over time may become eligible for increased contract sizing.
Section: Example
− Contract limits do not change after payouts or once your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) locks — the maximum position size from the table above is your limit.
Maximum Live Account balance: $15,000. (Only accounts purchases post 28/09/26)
Live Bonus
The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus based on their combined Live Drawdown.
Each time your Live Account reaches one of the following profit milestones, you receive a bonus equal to 25% of your starting combined Live Drawdown:
| Cumulative Net Profit | Bonus Released |
|---|---|
| 0.5 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
| 1 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
| 1.5 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
Each release is deposited into your Live Account balance for trading purposes.
Deposited bonus funds become withdrawable once you have completed 5 winning days on your Live Account — a day with net profit of at least 1% of your starting combined Live Drawdown (minimum $100) — and your account is in profit. Profit withdrawals are never blocked — payouts always draw from trading profits first.
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
The Live Account begins with a $0 starting balance and a $10,000 combined Live Drawdown.
After
Your maximum position size is based on your combined Live Drawdown:
| Combined Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|
| Up to $2,000 | 2 Minis / 20 Micros |
| $2,000 – $4,500 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $4,500 – $6,500 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $6,500 – $9,500 | 8 Minis / 80 Micros |
| $9,500 – $15,000 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Example
A trader merges three $50,000 funded accounts. The Live Account opens with a $6,000 combined Live Drawdown and a maximum position size of 6 Minis / 60 Micros.
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Accounts come with preset risk limits, including when multiple Live accounts are moved over. However, we can certainly consider increasing leverage and making adjustments based on consistent performance.
For example, traders who demonstrate strong and consistent risk management over time may become eligible for increased contract sizing.
Section: Example
+ Contract limits do not change after payouts or once your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) locks, the maximum position size from the table above is your limit.
Maximum Live Account balance: $15,000. (Only accounts purchases post 28/09/26)
+ What happens if my combined drawdown exceeds the $15,000 live account cap?
+ The maximum combined drawdown per live account is $15,000. If your eligible accounts exceed this amount, the total can be split across two live accounts.
+ For example, five eligible $150,000 accounts with $4,500 drawdown each have a combined drawdown of $22,500. This can be split into $15,000 on one live account and $7,500 on another.
Live Bonus
The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus based on their combined Live Drawdown.
Each time your Live Account reaches one of the following profit milestones, you receive a bonus equal to 25% of your starting combined Live Drawdown:
| Cumulative Net Profit | Bonus Released |
|---|---|
| 0.5 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
| 1 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
| 1.5 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
Each release is deposited into your Live Account balance for trading purposes.
Deposited bonus funds become withdrawable once you have completed 5 winning days on your Live Account — a day with net profit of at least 1% of your starting combined Live Drawdown (minimum $100) — and your account is in profit. Profit withdrawals are never blocked — payouts always draw from trading profits first.
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
The Live Account begins with a $0 starting balance and a $10,000 combined Live Drawdown.
Your maximum position size is based on your combined Live Drawdown:
| Combined Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|
| Up to $2,000 | 2 Minis / 20 Micros |
| $2,000 – $4,500 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $4,500 – $6,500 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $6,500 – $9,500 | 8 Minis / 80 Micros |
| $9,500 – $15,000 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Example
A trader merges three $50,000 funded accounts. The Live Account opens with a $6,000 combined Live Drawdown and a maximum position size of 6 Minis / 60 Micros.
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Accounts come with preset risk limits, including when multiple Live accounts are moved over. However, we can certainly consider increasing leverage and making adjustments based on consistent performance.
For example, traders who demonstrate strong and consistent risk management over time may become eligible for increased contract sizing.
Section: Example
− Contract limits do not change after payouts or once your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) locks — the maximum position size from the table above is your limit.
+ Contract limits do not change after payouts or once your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) locks, the maximum position size from the table above is your limit.
Maximum Live Account balance: $15,000. (Only accounts purchases post 28/09/26)
+ What happens if my combined drawdown exceeds the $15,000 live account cap?
+ The maximum combined drawdown per live account is $15,000. If your eligible accounts exceed this amount, the total can be split across two live accounts.
+ For example, five eligible $150,000 accounts with $4,500 drawdown each have a combined drawdown of $22,500. This can be split into $15,000 on one live account and $7,500 on another.
Live Bonus
The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus based on their combined Live Drawdown.
Each time your Live Account reaches one of the following profit milestones, you receive a bonus equal to 25% of your starting combined Live Drawdown:
| Cumulative Net Profit | Bonus Released |
|---|---|
| 0.5 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
| 1 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
| 1.5 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
Each release is deposited into your Live Account balance for trading purposes.
Deposited bonus funds become withdrawable once you have completed 5 winning days on your Live Account — a day with net profit of at least 1% of your starting combined Live Drawdown (minimum $100) — and your account is in profit. Profit withdrawals are never blocked — payouts always draw from trading profits first.
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
The Live Account begins with a $0 starting balance and a $10,000 combined Live Drawdown.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Reserve Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesReactivation eligibility conditions reorganized and clarified; reactivation fee table removed; note added that reactivation available regardless of account issue date.Oct 7
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Reserve accounts can be reset after a breach, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account.
The reset fee is calculated at 10% less of the base-discounted amount paid for the account. Since Reserve accounts are available across three different challenge types, the exact reset fee will vary depending on the challenge selected, the account size and any promotional discount or coupon applied at the time of purchase.
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Section: Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
− Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
− How it works:
− - Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
− - Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
− - Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
− - The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
− - Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
− Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
−
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $300 |
| $50,000 | $600 |
| $100,000 | $750 |
| $150,000 | $900 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Reserve accounts can be reset after a breach, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account.
The reset fee is calculated at 10% less of the base-discounted amount paid for the account. Since Reserve accounts are available across three different challenge types, the exact reset fee will vary depending on the challenge selected, the account size and any promotional discount or coupon applied at the time of purchase.
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Section: Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
+ Traders with a Reserve funded account may reactivate a breached account by paying a reactivation fee, without repeating the evaluation process, provided the conditions below are met.
+ Eligibility and Conditions
+ - Before the first payout only: The account must have breached before receiving its first payout. Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible.
+ - Maximum of two reactivations: Each eligible account can be reactivated up to two times. After this, a new evaluation must be completed.
+ - 30-day window: Reactivation must be purchased within 30 calendar days of the account’s breach.
+ - Reactivation timing: Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
+ Please note: Reactivation is available for all Reserve funded accounts that meet these conditions, regardless of when the account was issued.
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Reserve accounts can be reset after a breach, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account.
The reset fee is calculated at 10% less of the base-discounted amount paid for the account. Since Reserve accounts are available across three different challenge types, the exact reset fee will vary depending on the challenge selected, the account size and any promotional discount or coupon applied at the time of purchase.
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Section: Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
− Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
− How it works:
− - Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
− - Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
− - Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
− - The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
− - Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
− Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
−
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $300 |
| $50,000 | $600 |
| $100,000 | $750 |
| $150,000 | $900 |
+ Traders with a Reserve funded account may reactivate a breached account by paying a reactivation fee, without repeating the evaluation process, provided the conditions below are met.
+ Eligibility and Conditions
+ - Before the first payout only: The account must have breached before receiving its first payout. Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible.
+ - Maximum of two reactivations: Each eligible account can be reactivated up to two times. After this, a new evaluation must be completed.
+ - 30-day window: Reactivation must be purchased within 30 calendar days of the account’s breach.
+ - Reactivation timing: Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
+ Please note: Reactivation is available for all Reserve funded accounts that meet these conditions, regardless of when the account was issued.
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Direct Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesMaximum Drawdown rules replaced with EOD trailing system; added table showing balance thresholds and fixed limits by account size.Oct 6
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
To begin trading, traders are only required to sign their Trader Agreement/Contract once the account is issued.
Drawdown Limits
Daily Loss Limit
Direct Accounts purchased on or after July 21 include a fixed Daily Loss Limit based on the account size:
- $25,000 Account: $1,000
- $50,000 Account: $1,250
- $100,000 Account: $2,500
- $150,000 Account: $3,000
If your balance or equity falls below the applicable daily loss limit, all open positions will be automatically closed and your account will be temporarily disabled for the remainder of the trading day.
Please note that exceeding the daily loss limit is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. Your account will be automatically reinstated at the start of the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
Note: Direct Accounts purchased before July 21, 2026 will continue under the previous rules with no Daily Loss Limit. For $50K Direct Accounts purchased between July 21–26, 2026, the Daily Loss Limit remains $1,500.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
− The Maximum Drawdown on Direct Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows a trailing EOD until your account exceeds the Initial Trail Balance. During this period, the maximum drawdown remains STATIC (No Trailing) at the starting balance + $100.
− Once your account exceeds the Initial trail Balance, or after the first payout has been requested, the maximum drawdown becomes static and will no longer trail. This provides traders with clear and consistent risk parameters for the remainder of the account's lifetime.
− Please note: The updated drawdown rules apply to accounts purchased on or after July 27, 2026. Accounts purchased before July 27 will retain the previous drawdown rules.
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on Direct Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
After
To begin trading, traders are only required to sign their Trader Agreement/Contract once the account is issued.
Drawdown Limits
Daily Loss Limit
Direct Accounts purchased on or after July 21 include a fixed Daily Loss Limit based on the account size:
- $25,000 Account: $1,000
- $50,000 Account: $1,250
- $100,000 Account: $2,500
- $150,000 Account: $3,000
If your balance or equity falls below the applicable daily loss limit, all open positions will be automatically closed and your account will be temporarily disabled for the remainder of the trading day.
Please note that exceeding the daily loss limit is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. Your account will be automatically reinstated at the start of the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
Note: Direct Accounts purchased before July 21, 2026 will continue under the previous rules with no Daily Loss Limit. For $50K Direct Accounts purchased between July 21–26, 2026, the Daily Loss Limit remains $1,500.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
+ Direct Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing drawdown, with the drawdown allowance determined by your account size.
+ Your maximum loss limit moves up when you achieve a new highest end-of-day closing balance. It does not trail unrealized profits during the trading session or move back down after a losing day.
+ The maximum loss limit stops trailing once it reaches your starting balance plus $100. After this, the limit remains fixed, even as your account balance continues to grow.
+
| Account Size | EOD Balance Required to Stop Trailing | Fixed Maximum Loss Limit |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $26,600 | $25,100 |
| $50,000 | $52,100 | $50,100 |
| $100,000 | $103,600 | $100,100 |
| $150,000 | $154,600 | $150,100 |
+ Example: On a $50,000 account, once your end-of-day closing balance reaches $52,100, your maximum loss limit locks at $50,100. Any further profits increase the distance between your balance and this fixed limit.
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on Direct Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
To begin trading, traders are only required to sign their Trader Agreement/Contract once the account is issued.
Drawdown Limits
Daily Loss Limit
Direct Accounts purchased on or after July 21 include a fixed Daily Loss Limit based on the account size:
- $25,000 Account: $1,000
- $50,000 Account: $1,250
- $100,000 Account: $2,500
- $150,000 Account: $3,000
If your balance or equity falls below the applicable daily loss limit, all open positions will be automatically closed and your account will be temporarily disabled for the remainder of the trading day.
Please note that exceeding the daily loss limit is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. Your account will be automatically reinstated at the start of the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
Note: Direct Accounts purchased before July 21, 2026 will continue under the previous rules with no Daily Loss Limit. For $50K Direct Accounts purchased between July 21–26, 2026, the Daily Loss Limit remains $1,500.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
− The Maximum Drawdown on Direct Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows a trailing EOD until your account exceeds the Initial Trail Balance. During this period, the maximum drawdown remains STATIC (No Trailing) at the starting balance + $100.
− Once your account exceeds the Initial trail Balance, or after the first payout has been requested, the maximum drawdown becomes static and will no longer trail. This provides traders with clear and consistent risk parameters for the remainder of the account's lifetime.
− Please note: The updated drawdown rules apply to accounts purchased on or after July 27, 2026. Accounts purchased before July 27 will retain the previous drawdown rules.
+ Direct Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing drawdown, with the drawdown allowance determined by your account size.
+ Your maximum loss limit moves up when you achieve a new highest end-of-day closing balance. It does not trail unrealized profits during the trading session or move back down after a losing day.
+ The maximum loss limit stops trailing once it reaches your starting balance plus $100. After this, the limit remains fixed, even as your account balance continues to grow.
+
| Account Size | EOD Balance Required to Stop Trailing | Fixed Maximum Loss Limit |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $26,600 | $25,100 |
| $50,000 | $52,100 | $50,100 |
| $100,000 | $103,600 | $100,100 |
| $150,000 | $154,600 | $150,100 |
+ Example: On a $50,000 account, once your end-of-day closing balance reaches $52,100, your maximum loss limit locks at $50,100. Any further profits increase the distance between your balance and this fixed limit.
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on Direct Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Express Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesMaximum Trailing Drawdown mechanics changed: limit now stops trailing at starting balance plus $100 instead of at starting balance, with adjusted lock levels shown.Oct 6
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Daily Loss Limit
Express Accounts include a fixed Daily Loss Limit based on the account size.
| Account Size | Challenge Account | Funded Account |
|---|---|---|
| $25K | No Daily Loss Limit | $500 |
| $50K | $1,000 | $1,000 |
| $100K | $1,250 | $1,250 |
| $150K | $1,750 | $1,750 |
Please note: The $25K Express Challenge does not have a Daily Loss Limit. The $500 Daily Loss Limit only applies to the $25K Funded Account.
If your balance or equity falls below the applicable Daily Loss Limit, all open positions will be automatically closed and your account will be temporarily disabled for the remainder of the trading day. Exceeding the Daily Loss Limit is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. Your account will be automatically reinstated at the start of the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
Note: This Daily Loss Limit update applies only to Express Accounts purchased on or after September 2nd.
Express Accounts purchased before September 2nd will remain under the Daily Loss Limit that was applicable at the time of purchase.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
− The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Express Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
− This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
− Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
− This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
− Examples:
− - $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $26,100
− - $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
− - $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $102,600
− - $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $153,600
Note: This Max Loss Limit update applies only to Express Accounts purchased on or after September 2nd.
Express Accounts purchased before September 2nd will remain under the Daily Loss Limit that was applicable at the time of purchase.
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
After
Daily Loss Limit
Express Accounts include a fixed Daily Loss Limit based on the account size.
| Account Size | Challenge Account | Funded Account |
|---|---|---|
| $25K | No Daily Loss Limit | $500 |
| $50K | $1,000 | $1,000 |
| $100K | $1,250 | $1,250 |
| $150K | $1,750 | $1,750 |
Please note: The $25K Express Challenge does not have a Daily Loss Limit. The $500 Daily Loss Limit only applies to the $25K Funded Account.
If your balance or equity falls below the applicable Daily Loss Limit, all open positions will be automatically closed and your account will be temporarily disabled for the remainder of the trading day. Exceeding the Daily Loss Limit is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. Your account will be automatically reinstated at the start of the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
Note: This Daily Loss Limit update applies only to Express Accounts purchased on or after September 2nd.
Express Accounts purchased before September 2nd will remain under the Daily Loss Limit that was applicable at the time of purchase.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
+ Express Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing drawdown, with the drawdown allowance determined by your account size.
+ Your maximum loss limit moves up when you achieve a new highest end-of-day closing balance. It does not trail unrealized profits during the trading session or move back down after a losing day.
+ The maximum loss limit stops trailing once it reaches your starting balance plus $100. After this, the limit remains fixed, even as your account balance continues to grow.
+
| Account Size | EOD Balance Required to Stop Trailing | Fixed Maximum Loss Limit |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $26,100 | $25,100 |
| $50,000 | $52,100 | $50,100 |
| $100,000 | $102,600 | $100,100 |
| $150,000 | $153,600 | $150,100 |
+ Example: On a $50,000 account, once your end-of-day closing balance reaches $52,100, your maximum loss limit locks at $50,100. Any further profits increase the distance between your balance and this fixed limit.
Note: This Max Loss Limit update applies only to Express Accounts purchased on or after September 2nd.
Express Accounts purchased before September 2nd will remain under the Daily Loss Limit that was applicable at the time of purchase.
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
Daily Loss Limit
Express Accounts include a fixed Daily Loss Limit based on the account size.
| Account Size | Challenge Account | Funded Account |
|---|---|---|
| $25K | No Daily Loss Limit | $500 |
| $50K | $1,000 | $1,000 |
| $100K | $1,250 | $1,250 |
| $150K | $1,750 | $1,750 |
Please note: The $25K Express Challenge does not have a Daily Loss Limit. The $500 Daily Loss Limit only applies to the $25K Funded Account.
If your balance or equity falls below the applicable Daily Loss Limit, all open positions will be automatically closed and your account will be temporarily disabled for the remainder of the trading day. Exceeding the Daily Loss Limit is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. Your account will be automatically reinstated at the start of the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
Note: This Daily Loss Limit update applies only to Express Accounts purchased on or after September 2nd.
Express Accounts purchased before September 2nd will remain under the Daily Loss Limit that was applicable at the time of purchase.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
− The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Express Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
− This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
− Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
− This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
− Examples:
− - $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $26,100
− - $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
− - $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $102,600
− - $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $153,600
+ Express Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing drawdown, with the drawdown allowance determined by your account size.
+ Your maximum loss limit moves up when you achieve a new highest end-of-day closing balance. It does not trail unrealized profits during the trading session or move back down after a losing day.
+ The maximum loss limit stops trailing once it reaches your starting balance plus $100. After this, the limit remains fixed, even as your account balance continues to grow.
+
| Account Size | EOD Balance Required to Stop Trailing | Fixed Maximum Loss Limit |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $26,100 | $25,100 |
| $50,000 | $52,100 | $50,100 |
| $100,000 | $102,600 | $100,100 |
| $150,000 | $153,600 | $150,100 |
+ Example: On a $50,000 account, once your end-of-day closing balance reaches $52,100, your maximum loss limit locks at $50,100. Any further profits increase the distance between your balance and this fixed limit.
Note: This Max Loss Limit update applies only to Express Accounts purchased on or after September 2nd.
Express Accounts purchased before September 2nd will remain under the Daily Loss Limit that was applicable at the time of purchase.
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Reserve Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesMaximum Trailing Drawdown section redesigned with new table showing EOD balance thresholds and fixed loss limits; drawdown locking amounts changed for all account sizes.Oct 6
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Reserve Accounts include a Daily Loss Limit by default. Traders who prefer to trade without this restriction can select the “No Daily Loss Limit” add-on when purchasing their account. The Daily Loss Limit can be removed by selecting the optional add-on during checkout.
If the add-on is selected, the account will not have a Daily Loss Limit. However, traders must continue to manage their risk carefully and remain within the account’s overall trailing drawdown limit.
The Default Daily Loss Limits are:
- $25,000 Account: $600
- $50,000 Account: $1,200
- $100,000 Account: $1,700
- $150,000 Account: $3,000
Without the add-on, exceeding the applicable Daily Loss Limit will result in a soft breach.
Section: Maximum Trailing Drawdown
− Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
− The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Reserve Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
− This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
− Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
− This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
− Examples:
− - $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $26,600
− - $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
− - $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $103,600
− - $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $156,100
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
After
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Reserve Accounts include a Daily Loss Limit by default. Traders who prefer to trade without this restriction can select the “No Daily Loss Limit” add-on when purchasing their account. The Daily Loss Limit can be removed by selecting the optional add-on during checkout.
If the add-on is selected, the account will not have a Daily Loss Limit. However, traders must continue to manage their risk carefully and remain within the account’s overall trailing drawdown limit.
The Default Daily Loss Limits are:
- $25,000 Account: $600
- $50,000 Account: $1,200
- $100,000 Account: $1,700
- $150,000 Account: $3,000
Without the add-on, exceeding the applicable Daily Loss Limit will result in a soft breach.
Section: Maximum Trailing Drawdown
+ Maximum Trailing Drawdown
+ Reserve Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing drawdown, with the drawdown allowance determined by your account size.
+ Your maximum loss limit moves up when you achieve a new highest end-of-day closing balance. It does not trail unrealized profits during the trading session or move back down after a losing day.
+ The maximum loss limit stops trailing once it reaches your starting balance plus $100. After this, the limit remains fixed, even as your account balance continues to grow.
+
| Account Size | EOD Balance Required to Stop Trailing | Fixed Maximum Loss Limit |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $26,100 | $25,100 |
| $50,000 | $52,100 | $50,100 |
| $100,000 | $103,100 | $100,100 |
| $150,000 | $154,600 | $150,100 |
+ Example: On a $50,000 account, once your end-of-day closing balance reaches $52,100, your maximum loss limit locks at $50,100. Any further profits increase the distance between your balance and this fixed limit.
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Reserve Accounts include a Daily Loss Limit by default. Traders who prefer to trade without this restriction can select the “No Daily Loss Limit” add-on when purchasing their account. The Daily Loss Limit can be removed by selecting the optional add-on during checkout.
If the add-on is selected, the account will not have a Daily Loss Limit. However, traders must continue to manage their risk carefully and remain within the account’s overall trailing drawdown limit.
The Default Daily Loss Limits are:
- $25,000 Account: $600
- $50,000 Account: $1,200
- $100,000 Account: $1,700
- $150,000 Account: $3,000
Without the add-on, exceeding the applicable Daily Loss Limit will result in a soft breach.
Section: Maximum Trailing Drawdown
− Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
− The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Reserve Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
− This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
− Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
− This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
− Examples:
− - $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $26,600
− - $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
− - $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $103,600
− - $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $156,100
+ Maximum Trailing Drawdown
+ Reserve Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing drawdown, with the drawdown allowance determined by your account size.
+ Your maximum loss limit moves up when you achieve a new highest end-of-day closing balance. It does not trail unrealized profits during the trading session or move back down after a losing day.
+ The maximum loss limit stops trailing once it reaches your starting balance plus $100. After this, the limit remains fixed, even as your account balance continues to grow.
+
| Account Size | EOD Balance Required to Stop Trailing | Fixed Maximum Loss Limit |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $26,100 | $25,100 |
| $50,000 | $52,100 | $50,100 |
| $100,000 | $103,100 | $100,100 |
| $150,000 | $154,600 | $150,100 |
+ Example: On a $50,000 account, once your end-of-day closing balance reaches $52,100, your maximum loss limit locks at $50,100. Any further profits increase the distance between your balance and this fixed limit.
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Standard Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesMaximum Overall Drawdown explanation replaced with clearer EOD trailing model details; locked drawdown levels changed to fixed maximum loss limits of starting balance plus $100.Oct 6
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Overview of Standard Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Standard Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a structured trading model with the flexibility to pass in as little as one trading day.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions and payout requirements for the Standard account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Drawdown Limits
Daily Loss Limit
For Standard Accounts, the maximum daily loss limit is 2% of the initial balance, except for $25,000 accounts, which do not have a daily loss limit. If your balance or equity falls below the daily loss threshold, the system will automatically close all open trades and temporarily disable the account.
Please note that breaching the daily drawdown is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. The account will be automatically reinstated on the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
− The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Standard Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
− This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
− Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
− This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
− Examples:
− - $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $26,600
− - $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
− - $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $103,600
− - $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $156,100
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
After
Overview of Standard Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Standard Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a structured trading model with the flexibility to pass in as little as one trading day.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions and payout requirements for the Standard account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Drawdown Limits
Daily Loss Limit
For Standard Accounts, the maximum daily loss limit is 2% of the initial balance, except for $25,000 accounts, which do not have a daily loss limit. If your balance or equity falls below the daily loss threshold, the system will automatically close all open trades and temporarily disable the account.
Please note that breaching the daily drawdown is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. The account will be automatically reinstated on the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
+ Standard Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing drawdown, with the drawdown allowance determined by your account size.
+ Your maximum loss limit moves up when you achieve a new highest end-of-day closing balance. It does not trail unrealized profits during the trading session or move back down after a losing day.
+ The maximum loss limit stops trailing once it reaches your starting balance plus $100. After this, the limit remains fixed, even as your account balance continues to grow.
+
| Account Size | EOD Balance Required to Stop Trailing | Fixed Maximum Loss Limit |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $26,600 | $25,100 |
| $50,000 | $52,100 | $50,100 |
| $100,000 | $103,600 | $100,100 |
| $150,000 | $155,100 | $150,100 |
+ Example: On a $50,000 account, once your end-of-day closing balance reaches $52,100, your maximum loss limit locks at $50,100. Any further profits increase the distance between your balance and this fixed limit.
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
Overview of Standard Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Standard Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a structured trading model with the flexibility to pass in as little as one trading day.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions and payout requirements for the Standard account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Drawdown Limits
Daily Loss Limit
For Standard Accounts, the maximum daily loss limit is 2% of the initial balance, except for $25,000 accounts, which do not have a daily loss limit. If your balance or equity falls below the daily loss threshold, the system will automatically close all open trades and temporarily disable the account.
Please note that breaching the daily drawdown is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. The account will be automatically reinstated on the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
− The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Standard Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
− This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
− Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
− This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
− Examples:
− - $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $26,600
− - $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
− - $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $103,600
− - $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $156,100
+ Standard Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing drawdown, with the drawdown allowance determined by your account size.
+ Your maximum loss limit moves up when you achieve a new highest end-of-day closing balance. It does not trail unrealized profits during the trading session or move back down after a losing day.
+ The maximum loss limit stops trailing once it reaches your starting balance plus $100. After this, the limit remains fixed, even as your account balance continues to grow.
+
| Account Size | EOD Balance Required to Stop Trailing | Fixed Maximum Loss Limit |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $26,600 | $25,100 |
| $50,000 | $52,100 | $50,100 |
| $100,000 | $103,600 | $100,100 |
| $150,000 | $155,100 | $150,100 |
+ Example: On a $50,000 account, once your end-of-day closing balance reaches $52,100, your maximum loss limit locks at $50,100. Any further profits increase the distance between your balance and this fixed limit.
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Reserve Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesConsistency requirement changed from 50% on challenge only to 40% on challenge only and 50% as add-on across all account tiers.Oct 5
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Quick Overview
The Blue Guardian Futures Reserve Evaluation is designed for traders who prefer higher payout potential with no daily loss limits, while still following our trading rules and risk parameters.
| Balance | $25,000 | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Target | $1,500 | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 |
Max Position Size | 2 Mini's/20 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 4 Mini's/40 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 8 Mini's/ 80 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 12 Mini's/ 120 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded
| Daily Loss Limit | - | - | - | - |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Max Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500 |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
Section: Quick Overview
−
| Daily Loss Limit | - | - | - | - |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consistency | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only |
| News Trading | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed |
| Payouts | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout |
Overview of Reserve Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Reserve Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a flexible trading model with no daily loss limits and higher payout potential.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions, and payout requirements for the Reserve account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Reserve Accounts include a Daily Loss Limit by default. Traders who prefer to trade without this restriction can select the “No Daily Loss Limit” add-on when purchasing their account. The Daily Loss Limit can be removed by selecting the optional add-on during checkout.
If the add-on is selected, the account will not have a Daily Loss Limit. However, traders must continue to manage their risk carefully and remain within the account’s overall trailing drawdown limit.
After
Quick Overview
The Blue Guardian Futures Reserve Evaluation is designed for traders who prefer higher payout potential with no daily loss limits, while still following our trading rules and risk parameters.
| Balance | $25,000 | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Target | $1,500 | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 |
Max Position Size | 2 Mini's/20 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 4 Mini's/40 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 8 Mini's/ 80 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 12 Mini's/ 120 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded
| Daily Loss Limit | - | - | - | - |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Max Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500 |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
Section: Quick Overview
+
| Daily Loss Limit | - | - | - | - |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consistency | 40% on challenge only50% as add-on | 40% on challenge only50% as add-on | 40% on challenge only50% as add-on | 40% on challenge only50% as add-on |
| News Trading | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed |
| Payouts | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout |
Overview of Reserve Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Reserve Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a flexible trading model with no daily loss limits and higher payout potential.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions, and payout requirements for the Reserve account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Reserve Accounts include a Daily Loss Limit by default. Traders who prefer to trade without this restriction can select the “No Daily Loss Limit” add-on when purchasing their account. The Daily Loss Limit can be removed by selecting the optional add-on during checkout.
If the add-on is selected, the account will not have a Daily Loss Limit. However, traders must continue to manage their risk carefully and remain within the account’s overall trailing drawdown limit.
Quick Overview
The Blue Guardian Futures Reserve Evaluation is designed for traders who prefer higher payout potential with no daily loss limits, while still following our trading rules and risk parameters.
| Balance | $25,000 | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Target | $1,500 | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 |
Max Position Size | 2 Mini's/20 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 4 Mini's/40 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 8 Mini's/ 80 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 12 Mini's/ 120 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded
| Daily Loss Limit | - | - | - | - |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Max Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500 |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
Section: Quick Overview
−
| Daily Loss Limit | - | - | - | - |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consistency | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only |
+
| Daily Loss Limit | - | - | - | - |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consistency | 40% on challenge only50% as add-on | 40% on challenge only50% as add-on | 40% on challenge only50% as add-on | 40% on challenge only50% as add-on |
| News Trading | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed |
| Payouts | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout |
Overview of Reserve Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Reserve Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a flexible trading model with no daily loss limits and higher payout potential.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions, and payout requirements for the Reserve account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Reserve Accounts include a Daily Loss Limit by default. Traders who prefer to trade without this restriction can select the “No Daily Loss Limit” add-on when purchasing their account. The Daily Loss Limit can be removed by selecting the optional add-on during checkout.
If the add-on is selected, the account will not have a Daily Loss Limit. However, traders must continue to manage their risk carefully and remain within the account’s overall trailing drawdown limit.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Standard Account Rules | Blue Guardian | Futures1 is now 24.Oct 5
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
|---|---|
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader passes the evaluation and starts with a funded balance of $50,000.To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
e.g if the balance reaches $54,000, the trader would have $1,900 available for withdrawal ($54,000 − $52,100 = $1,900), subject to the applicable payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: 3 days after placing first trade
Section: Payout Schedule
− - Processing Time: 1 business hour
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Standard Account Reset Fees
Standard accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
After
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
|---|---|
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader passes the evaluation and starts with a funded balance of $50,000.To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
e.g if the balance reaches $54,000, the trader would have $1,900 available for withdrawal ($54,000 − $52,100 = $1,900), subject to the applicable payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: 3 days after placing first trade
Section: Payout Schedule
+ - Processing Time: 24 business hour
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Standard Account Reset Fees
Standard accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
|---|---|
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader passes the evaluation and starts with a funded balance of $50,000.To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
e.g if the balance reaches $54,000, the trader would have $1,900 available for withdrawal ($54,000 − $52,100 = $1,900), subject to the applicable payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: 3 days after placing first trade
Section: Payout Schedule
− - Processing Time: 1 business hour
+ - Processing Time: 24 business hour
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Standard Account Reset Fees
Standard accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program | Blue Guardian | FuturesMaximum commission decreased from 16% to 15%, and minimum payout threshold increased from $100 to $200; cash bonuses removed from two tier levels.Oct 5
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
What is the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program?
Section: What is the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program?
− The Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program offers affiliates the opportunity to earn up to 16% commission on evaluation fees from traders referred using their unique affiliate link or code. Affiliates can promote Blue Guardian Futures across various platforms, including websites, email lists, social media, and other marketing channels.
What is the Commission rate?
Section: What is the Commission rate?
− Affiliates are rewarded with a 10% commission on evaluation fees and any reset fees generated by their referrals. Commissions are paid monthly based on actual fees collected by Blue Guardian Futures, with a minimum payout threshold of $100.
Do I earn Bonuses?
Yes, at Blue Guardian Futures affiliate partners earn bonuses as they refer more and more traders to Blue Guardian Futures. Check out the following bonuses that you will earn while you progress your journey with Blue Guardian Futures:
Level 1 (0-100 Referrals):
10% commission
Discount code
24/7 Support
Level 2 (100-250 Referrals):
12,5% commission
Discount Code
− $2500 Cash Bonus
24/7 Support
5 x 10k Forex Accounts or 2 x 50K Futures Accounts
Level 3 (250+ Referrals):
15% commission
Discount Code
− $2500 Cash Bonus
24/7 Support
Affiliate Badge on X
5 x 10k Forex Accounts or 2 x 50K Futures Accounts
Promotional Content for Affiliates
Affiliates can promote Blue Guardian Futures’ trader funding program and platform. This includes sharing details on account options, pricing, trading guidelines, platform features, and account limits. All content should accurately represent Blue Guardian Futures’ offerings.
Permissible Marketing Channels
Affiliates can utilize blogs, banner ads, email, social media, YouTube, podcasts, and other digital channels to share information about Blue Guardian Futures.
Restricted Marketing Practices
Paid advertising, such as pay-per-click ads, is not permitted in the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program. Prohibited methods include Google Ads, Facebook Ads, native advertising, paid endorsements, or any other form of paid promotion. Affiliates may not refer individuals living in the same household, and spam or illegal marketing activities are strictly banned.
All affiliates are expected to follow ethical marketing practices, representing Blue Guardian Futures truthfully and transparently. Any form of misleading or deceptive advertising may result in immediate removal from the program and forfeiture of commissions.
How and when do payouts work?
Once your account balance reaches the $200 minimum threshold, you're eligible to request a payout. Submit your request anytime through your affiliate dashboard.
After
What is the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program?
Section: What is the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program?
+ The Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program offers affiliates the opportunity to earn up to 15% commission on evaluation fees from traders referred using their unique affiliate link or code. Affiliates can promote Blue Guardian Futures across various platforms, including websites, email lists, social media, and other marketing channels.
What is the Commission rate?
Section: What is the Commission rate?
+ Affiliates are rewarded with a 10% commission on evaluation fees and any reset fees generated by their referrals. Commissions are paid monthly based on actual fees collected by Blue Guardian Futures, with a minimum payout threshold of $200.
Do I earn Bonuses?
Yes, at Blue Guardian Futures affiliate partners earn bonuses as they refer more and more traders to Blue Guardian Futures. Check out the following bonuses that you will earn while you progress your journey with Blue Guardian Futures:
Level 1 (0-100 Referrals):
10% commission
Discount code
24/7 Support
Level 2 (100-250 Referrals):
12,5% commission
Discount Code
24/7 Support
5 x 10k Forex Accounts or 2 x 50K Futures Accounts
Level 3 (250+ Referrals):
15% commission
Discount Code
24/7 Support
Affiliate Badge on X
5 x 10k Forex Accounts or 2 x 50K Futures Accounts
Promotional Content for Affiliates
Affiliates can promote Blue Guardian Futures’ trader funding program and platform. This includes sharing details on account options, pricing, trading guidelines, platform features, and account limits. All content should accurately represent Blue Guardian Futures’ offerings.
Permissible Marketing Channels
Affiliates can utilize blogs, banner ads, email, social media, YouTube, podcasts, and other digital channels to share information about Blue Guardian Futures.
Restricted Marketing Practices
Paid advertising, such as pay-per-click ads, is not permitted in the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program. Prohibited methods include Google Ads, Facebook Ads, native advertising, paid endorsements, or any other form of paid promotion. Affiliates may not refer individuals living in the same household, and spam or illegal marketing activities are strictly banned.
All affiliates are expected to follow ethical marketing practices, representing Blue Guardian Futures truthfully and transparently. Any form of misleading or deceptive advertising may result in immediate removal from the program and forfeiture of commissions.
How and when do payouts work?
Once your account balance reaches the $200 minimum threshold, you're eligible to request a payout. Submit your request anytime through your affiliate dashboard.
What is the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program?
Section: What is the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program?
− The Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program offers affiliates the opportunity to earn up to 16% commission on evaluation fees from traders referred using their unique affiliate link or code. Affiliates can promote Blue Guardian Futures across various platforms, including websites, email lists, social media, and other marketing channels.
+ The Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program offers affiliates the opportunity to earn up to 15% commission on evaluation fees from traders referred using their unique affiliate link or code. Affiliates can promote Blue Guardian Futures across various platforms, including websites, email lists, social media, and other marketing channels.
What is the Commission rate?
Section: What is the Commission rate?
− Affiliates are rewarded with a 10% commission on evaluation fees and any reset fees generated by their referrals. Commissions are paid monthly based on actual fees collected by Blue Guardian Futures, with a minimum payout threshold of $100.
+ Affiliates are rewarded with a 10% commission on evaluation fees and any reset fees generated by their referrals. Commissions are paid monthly based on actual fees collected by Blue Guardian Futures, with a minimum payout threshold of $200.
Do I earn Bonuses?
Yes, at Blue Guardian Futures affiliate partners earn bonuses as they refer more and more traders to Blue Guardian Futures. Check out the following bonuses that you will earn while you progress your journey with Blue Guardian Futures:
Level 1 (0-100 Referrals):
10% commission
Discount code
24/7 Support
Level 2 (100-250 Referrals):
12,5% commission
Discount Code
− $2500 Cash Bonus
24/7 Support
5 x 10k Forex Accounts or 2 x 50K Futures Accounts
Level 3 (250+ Referrals):
15% commission
Discount Code
− $2500 Cash Bonus
24/7 Support
Affiliate Badge on X
5 x 10k Forex Accounts or 2 x 50K Futures Accounts
Promotional Content for Affiliates
Affiliates can promote Blue Guardian Futures’ trader funding program and platform. This includes sharing details on account options, pricing, trading guidelines, platform features, and account limits. All content should accurately represent Blue Guardian Futures’ offerings.
Permissible Marketing Channels
Affiliates can utilize blogs, banner ads, email, social media, YouTube, podcasts, and other digital channels to share information about Blue Guardian Futures.
Restricted Marketing Practices
Paid advertising, such as pay-per-click ads, is not permitted in the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program. Prohibited methods include Google Ads, Facebook Ads, native advertising, paid endorsements, or any other form of paid promotion. Affiliates may not refer individuals living in the same household, and spam or illegal marketing activities are strictly banned.
All affiliates are expected to follow ethical marketing practices, representing Blue Guardian Futures truthfully and transparently. Any form of misleading or deceptive advertising may result in immediate removal from the program and forfeiture of commissions.
How and when do payouts work?
Once your account balance reaches the $200 minimum threshold, you're eligible to request a payout. Submit your request anytime through your affiliate dashboard.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · How does Bundle Pricing work? | Blue Guardian | FuturesBundle discount percentages decreased across all pack sizes, and all Standard, Reserve, Express, and Direct pricing tables were removed.Oct 5
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Section: Bundle Discounts
− Blue Guardian Futures offers a tiered bundle discount system that rewards traders with bigger discounts when purchasing multiple accounts in a single order.
− The more accounts you add to your bundle, the greater the discount applied across the entire bundle. As each additional account is added, all accounts in the bundle automatically move to the new discount tier. This means every account benefits from the upgraded pricing.
Bundle Discount Tiers
| Pack Size | Discount Per Account |
|---|
Section: Bundle Discount Tiers
−
| Pack Size | Discount Per Account |
|---|---|
| 1 Account | 40% Off |
| 2 Accounts | 45% Off |
| 3 Accounts | 50% Off |
| 4 Accounts | 55% Off |
| 5 Accounts | Buy 4, Get 1 Free |
− The 5th account is free, giving the maximum possible savings.
− Standard Bundle Pricing
−
| Size | 1-Pack | 2-Pack | 3-Pack | 4-Pack | 5-Pack |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25K | $98.00 | $189.00 | $273.00 | $350.00 | $350.00 ($70/acct) |
| $50K | $133.00 | $256.50 | $370.50 | $475.00 | $475.00 ($95/acct) |
| $100K | $210.00 | $405.00 | $585.00 | $750.00 | $750.00 ($150/acct) |
| $150K | $269.50 | $519.75 | $750.75 | $962.50 | $962.50 ($192.50/acct) |
− Reserve Bundle Pricing
−
| Size | 1-Pack | 2-Pack | 3-Pack | 4-Pack | 5-Pack |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25K | $70.00 | $135.00 | $195.00 | $250.00 | $250.00 ($50/acct) |
| $50K | $98.00 | $189.00 | $273.00 | $350.00 | $350.00 ($70/acct) |
| $100K | $157.50 | $303.75 | $438.75 | $562.50 | $562.50 ($112.50/acct) |
| $150K | $294.00 | $567.00 | $819.00 | $1,050.00 | $1,050.00 ($210/acct) |
− Express Bundle Pricing
−
| Size | 1-Pack | 2-Pack | 3-Pack | 4-Pack | 5-Pack |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $50K | $113.40 | $218.70 | $315.90 | $405.00 | $405.00 ($81/acct) |
| $100K | $179.20 | $345.60 | $499.20 | $640.00 | $640.00 ($128/acct) |
| $150K | $245.70 | $473.85 | $684.45 | $877.50 | $877.50 ($175.50/acct) |
− Direct Bundle Pricing
−
| Size | 1-Pack | 2-Pack | 3-Pack | 4-Pack | 5-Pack |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25K | $195.30 | $376.65 | $544.05 | $697.50 | $697.50 ($139.50/acct) |
| $50K | $315.00 | $607.50 | $877.50 | $1,125.00 | $1,125.00 ($225/acct) |
| $100K | $419.30 | $808.45 | $1,167.45 | $1,497.50 | $1,497.50 ($299.50/acct) |
| $150K | $525.00 | $1,012.50 | $1,462.50 | $1,875.00 | $1,875.00 ($375/acct) |
Bundle discounts are automatically applied at checkout.
After
Section: Bundle Discounts
+ Here is the updated FAQ with the new bundle pricing:
+ Bundle Discounts
+ Blue Guardian Futures offers a tiered bundle discount system that rewards traders with greater savings when purchasing multiple accounts in a single order.
+ The more accounts you add to your bundle, the greater the discount applied across the entire bundle. As each additional account is added, all accounts in the bundle automatically move to the new discount tier, meaning every account benefits from the upgraded pricing.
Bundle Discount Tiers
| Pack Size | Discount Per Account |
|---|
Section: Bundle Discount Tiers
+
| Size | 1-Pack | 2-Pack | 3-Pack | 4-Pack | 5-Pack |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 Account | 25% Off | ||||
| 2 Accounts | 30% Off | ||||
| 3 Accounts | 35% Off | ||||
| 4 Accounts | 40% Off | ||||
| 5 Accounts | 40% Off + 5th Account FREE |
+ The 5th account is free, providing the maximum savings available through the bundle offer, except for Reserve account.
Bundle discounts are automatically applied at checkout.
Section: Bundle Discounts
− Blue Guardian Futures offers a tiered bundle discount system that rewards traders with bigger discounts when purchasing multiple accounts in a single order.
− The more accounts you add to your bundle, the greater the discount applied across the entire bundle. As each additional account is added, all accounts in the bundle automatically move to the new discount tier. This means every account benefits from the upgraded pricing.
+ Here is the updated FAQ with the new bundle pricing:
+ Bundle Discounts
+ Blue Guardian Futures offers a tiered bundle discount system that rewards traders with greater savings when purchasing multiple accounts in a single order.
+ The more accounts you add to your bundle, the greater the discount applied across the entire bundle. As each additional account is added, all accounts in the bundle automatically move to the new discount tier, meaning every account benefits from the upgraded pricing.
Bundle Discount Tiers
| Pack Size | Discount Per Account |
|---|
Section: Bundle Discount Tiers
−
| Pack Size | Discount Per Account |
|---|---|
| 1 Account | 40% Off |
| 2 Accounts | 45% Off |
| 3 Accounts | 50% Off |
| 4 Accounts | 55% Off |
| 5 Accounts | Buy 4, Get 1 Free |
− The 5th account is free, giving the maximum possible savings.
− Standard Bundle Pricing
−
| Size | 1-Pack | 2-Pack | 3-Pack | 4-Pack | 5-Pack |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25K | $98.00 | $189.00 | $273.00 | $350.00 | $350.00 ($70/acct) |
| $50K | $133.00 | $256.50 | $370.50 | $475.00 | $475.00 ($95/acct) |
| $100K | $210.00 | $405.00 | $585.00 | $750.00 | $750.00 ($150/acct) |
| $150K | $269.50 | $519.75 | $750.75 | $962.50 | $962.50 ($192.50/acct) |
− Reserve Bundle Pricing
−
| Size | 1-Pack | 2-Pack | 3-Pack | 4-Pack | 5-Pack |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25K | $70.00 | $135.00 | $195.00 | $250.00 | $250.00 ($50/acct) |
| $50K | $98.00 | $189.00 | $273.00 | $350.00 | $350.00 ($70/acct) |
| $100K | $157.50 | $303.75 | $438.75 | $562.50 | $562.50 ($112.50/acct) |
| $150K | $294.00 | $567.00 | $819.00 | $1,050.00 | $1,050.00 ($210/acct) |
− Express Bundle Pricing
−
| Size | 1-Pack | 2-Pack | 3-Pack | 4-Pack | 5-Pack |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $50K | $113.40 | $218.70 | $315.90 | $405.00 | $405.00 ($81/acct) |
| $100K | $179.20 | $345.60 | $499.20 | $640.00 | $640.00 ($128/acct) |
| $150K | $245.70 | $473.85 | $684.45 | $877.50 | $877.50 ($175.50/acct) |
− Direct Bundle Pricing
−
| Size | 1-Pack | 2-Pack | 3-Pack | 4-Pack | 5-Pack |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $25K | $195.30 | $376.65 | $544.05 | $697.50 | $697.50 ($139.50/acct) |
| $50K | $315.00 | $607.50 | $877.50 | $1,125.00 | $1,125.00 ($225/acct) |
| $100K | $419.30 | $808.45 | $1,167.45 | $1,497.50 | $1,497.50 ($299.50/acct) |
| $150K | $525.00 | $1,012.50 | $1,462.50 | $1,875.00 | $1,875.00 ($375/acct) |
+
| Size | 1-Pack | 2-Pack | 3-Pack | 4-Pack | 5-Pack |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 Account | 25% Off | ||||
| 2 Accounts | 30% Off | ||||
| 3 Accounts | 35% Off | ||||
| 4 Accounts | 40% Off | ||||
| 5 Accounts | 40% Off + 5th Account FREE |
+ The 5th account is free, providing the maximum savings available through the bundle offer, except for Reserve account.
Bundle discounts are automatically applied at checkout.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Prohibited Trading Strategies | Blue Guardian | FuturesHedging section removed and remaining sections renumbered; CME Group compliance and Collaborative Trading sections also removed.Oct 4
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
2. Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
Copy trading is allowed at Blue Guardian Futures, including the use of third-party copier software, provided all copied trades are between accounts legally owned by the same trader. This includes copying between your own Blue Guardian accounts Futures and your own external accounts.
Copying trades from other traders, signal providers, trade groups, or allowing third parties to manage or execute trades on your behalf is strictly prohibited and may result in account review or termination.
3. Hedging
Hedging is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures. Traders may not hold opposing positions in the same or highly correlated instruments across one or multiple Blue Guardian Futures accounts with the intention of offsetting risk, bypassing account rules, or guaranteeing a favorable outcome on one account. This includes coordinated hedging between accounts owned by the same trader or between multiple traders. Any activity identified as hedging or designed to exploit Blue Guardian’s risk parameters may result in the affected account being breached, profits being removed, payouts being denied, and further action being taken on associated accounts.
4. Order Management and Market Conduct
BGF prioritizes ethical trading practices and responsible order management to support a stable trading environment:
- Order Placement: Placing multiple limit orders at the same price to manipulate order fills is strictly prohibited.
- Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading: Trading strategies aimed at exploiting isolated fills in low-liquidity or gapped markets are not permitted.
- Slippage and Bracket Exploitation: Using tight brackets or taking advantage of the simulated market’s absence of slippage to gain favorable fills is forbidden.
- Compliance with CME Group: All trading activity must comply with CME Group rules and regulations.
- Collaborative Trading: Coordinated trading with others to execute identical or opposing strategies across unconnected accounts is not allowed.
Section: 5. Policy Violations and Consequences
− 5. Hedging
− Hedging is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian. Traders may not hold opposing positions in the same or highly correlated instruments across one or multiple Blue Guardian accounts with the intention of offsetting risk, bypassing account rules, or guaranteeing a favorable outcome on one account. This includes coordinated hedging between accounts owned by the same trader or between multiple traders. Any activity identified as hedging or designed to exploit Blue Guardian’s risk parameters may result in the affected account being breached, profits being removed, payouts being denied, and further action being taken on associated accounts.
− 6. Policy Violations and Consequences
BGF enforces strict consequences for policy violations to protect the integrity of our trading environment:
- Termination: BGF reserves the right to terminate agreements immediately if a trader violates policies.
- Profit Confiscation: Profits obtained through prohibited trading practices will be confiscated.
- Evaluation Review: All passed evaluations are subject to review. Traders found to be in breach of policies will not be funded and may be ineligible for refunds.
Understanding Scalping vs. Microscalping
At Blue Guardian Futures, we differentiate between scalping, which is an accepted trading strategy, and microscalping, which is prohibited.
- Scalping involves holding trades for a short period, often a few minutes, and targeting small but reasonable profit margins, such as 5-10 points. It requires skill, focus, and a keen understanding of market dynamics, and it can be a viable approach in both simulated and live trading environments.
- Microscalping generally refers to executing a high volume of trades with very short holding times, typically under 10 seconds while aiming for small price movements. Traders should ensure their trading activity remains balanced and is not predominantly dependent on this strategy.
To promote consistent trading practices, less than 50% of your total profits may come from trades held for under 10 seconds. This rule applies during both the Evaluation and Funded phases. Excessive reliance on ultra-short duration trades may result in profit adjustments, payout reviews or further account action.
Why Microscalping is Prohibited
Microscalping can exploit the simulated fill algorithms of trading evaluations. This behavior may result in inflated performance metrics during the evaluation phase but often fails to deliver sustainable results in live markets due to the reliance on conditions like minimal slippage and perfect execution. Key issues with microscalping include:
- Fill Manipulation: Microscalping can take advantage of simulated environments where fills are less impacted by slippage or latency, creating an unrealistic expectation of profitability.
- Market Integrity: The ultra-short durations and high frequency of trades can distort market behavior, making it difficult to maintain a fair trading environment.
- Reliability: The strategy's success often hinges on perfect conditions that are rarely found in live trading environments, leading to inconsistent results.
By contrast, scalping, when conducted ethically and within reasonable limits, aligns with Blue Guardian Futures' standards and offers traders a legitimate path to profitability.
While scalping is a legitimate and widely accepted strategy, microscalping is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures to preserve the integrity of our trading environment.
Section: 6. Is Martingale Accepted?
− 7. Is Martingale Accepted?
No, Martingale strategies are not permitted at Blue Guardian Futures.
Traders are not allowed to use trading strategies that involve progressively increasing position sizes after a losing trade or series of losses in an attempt to recover previous losses.
Any trading activity identified as Martingale may be subject to review and action in accordance with our trading rules.
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
- Funded Accounts: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
If you have any questions on this topic, please feel free to reach out to our support team via Live Chat, submit a ticket on Discord, or email us at [email protected]. We’re here to help!
After
2. Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
Copy trading is allowed at Blue Guardian Futures, including the use of third-party copier software, provided all copied trades are between accounts legally owned by the same trader. This includes copying between your own Blue Guardian accounts Futures and your own external accounts.
Copying trades from other traders, signal providers, trade groups, or allowing third parties to manage or execute trades on your behalf is strictly prohibited and may result in account review or termination.
3. Hedging
Hedging is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures. Traders may not hold opposing positions in the same or highly correlated instruments across one or multiple Blue Guardian Futures accounts with the intention of offsetting risk, bypassing account rules, or guaranteeing a favorable outcome on one account. This includes coordinated hedging between accounts owned by the same trader or between multiple traders. Any activity identified as hedging or designed to exploit Blue Guardian’s risk parameters may result in the affected account being breached, profits being removed, payouts being denied, and further action being taken on associated accounts.
4. Order Management and Market Conduct
BGF prioritizes ethical trading practices and responsible order management to support a stable trading environment:
- Order Placement: Placing multiple limit orders at the same price to manipulate order fills is strictly prohibited.
- Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading: Trading strategies aimed at exploiting isolated fills in low-liquidity or gapped markets are not permitted.
- Slippage and Bracket Exploitation: Using tight brackets or taking advantage of the simulated market’s absence of slippage to gain favorable fills is forbidden.
- Compliance with CME Group: All trading activity must comply with CME Group rules and regulations.
- Collaborative Trading: Coordinated trading with others to execute identical or opposing strategies across unconnected accounts is not allowed.
Section: 5. Policy Violations and Consequences
+ 5. Policy Violations and Consequences
BGF enforces strict consequences for policy violations to protect the integrity of our trading environment:
- Termination: BGF reserves the right to terminate agreements immediately if a trader violates policies.
- Profit Confiscation: Profits obtained through prohibited trading practices will be confiscated.
- Evaluation Review: All passed evaluations are subject to review. Traders found to be in breach of policies will not be funded and may be ineligible for refunds.
Understanding Scalping vs. Microscalping
At Blue Guardian Futures, we differentiate between scalping, which is an accepted trading strategy, and microscalping, which is prohibited.
- Scalping involves holding trades for a short period, often a few minutes, and targeting small but reasonable profit margins, such as 5-10 points. It requires skill, focus, and a keen understanding of market dynamics, and it can be a viable approach in both simulated and live trading environments.
- Microscalping generally refers to executing a high volume of trades with very short holding times, typically under 10 seconds while aiming for small price movements. Traders should ensure their trading activity remains balanced and is not predominantly dependent on this strategy.
To promote consistent trading practices, less than 50% of your total profits may come from trades held for under 10 seconds. This rule applies during both the Evaluation and Funded phases. Excessive reliance on ultra-short duration trades may result in profit adjustments, payout reviews or further account action.
Why Microscalping is Prohibited
Microscalping can exploit the simulated fill algorithms of trading evaluations. This behavior may result in inflated performance metrics during the evaluation phase but often fails to deliver sustainable results in live markets due to the reliance on conditions like minimal slippage and perfect execution. Key issues with microscalping include:
- Fill Manipulation: Microscalping can take advantage of simulated environments where fills are less impacted by slippage or latency, creating an unrealistic expectation of profitability.
- Market Integrity: The ultra-short durations and high frequency of trades can distort market behavior, making it difficult to maintain a fair trading environment.
- Reliability: The strategy's success often hinges on perfect conditions that are rarely found in live trading environments, leading to inconsistent results.
By contrast, scalping, when conducted ethically and within reasonable limits, aligns with Blue Guardian Futures' standards and offers traders a legitimate path to profitability.
While scalping is a legitimate and widely accepted strategy, microscalping is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures to preserve the integrity of our trading environment.
Section: 6. Is Martingale Accepted?
+ 6. Is Martingale Accepted?
No, Martingale strategies are not permitted at Blue Guardian Futures.
Traders are not allowed to use trading strategies that involve progressively increasing position sizes after a losing trade or series of losses in an attempt to recover previous losses.
Any trading activity identified as Martingale may be subject to review and action in accordance with our trading rules.
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
- Funded Accounts: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
If you have any questions on this topic, please feel free to reach out to our support team via Live Chat, submit a ticket on Discord, or email us at [email protected]. We’re here to help!
2. Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
Copy trading is allowed at Blue Guardian Futures, including the use of third-party copier software, provided all copied trades are between accounts legally owned by the same trader. This includes copying between your own Blue Guardian accounts Futures and your own external accounts.
Copying trades from other traders, signal providers, trade groups, or allowing third parties to manage or execute trades on your behalf is strictly prohibited and may result in account review or termination.
3. Hedging
Hedging is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures. Traders may not hold opposing positions in the same or highly correlated instruments across one or multiple Blue Guardian Futures accounts with the intention of offsetting risk, bypassing account rules, or guaranteeing a favorable outcome on one account. This includes coordinated hedging between accounts owned by the same trader or between multiple traders. Any activity identified as hedging or designed to exploit Blue Guardian’s risk parameters may result in the affected account being breached, profits being removed, payouts being denied, and further action being taken on associated accounts.
4. Order Management and Market Conduct
BGF prioritizes ethical trading practices and responsible order management to support a stable trading environment:
- Order Placement: Placing multiple limit orders at the same price to manipulate order fills is strictly prohibited.
- Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading: Trading strategies aimed at exploiting isolated fills in low-liquidity or gapped markets are not permitted.
- Slippage and Bracket Exploitation: Using tight brackets or taking advantage of the simulated market’s absence of slippage to gain favorable fills is forbidden.
- Compliance with CME Group: All trading activity must comply with CME Group rules and regulations.
- Collaborative Trading: Coordinated trading with others to execute identical or opposing strategies across unconnected accounts is not allowed.
Section: 5. Policy Violations and Consequences
− 5. Hedging
− Hedging is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian. Traders may not hold opposing positions in the same or highly correlated instruments across one or multiple Blue Guardian accounts with the intention of offsetting risk, bypassing account rules, or guaranteeing a favorable outcome on one account. This includes coordinated hedging between accounts owned by the same trader or between multiple traders. Any activity identified as hedging or designed to exploit Blue Guardian’s risk parameters may result in the affected account being breached, profits being removed, payouts being denied, and further action being taken on associated accounts.
− 6. Policy Violations and Consequences
+ 5. Policy Violations and Consequences
BGF enforces strict consequences for policy violations to protect the integrity of our trading environment:
- Termination: BGF reserves the right to terminate agreements immediately if a trader violates policies.
- Profit Confiscation: Profits obtained through prohibited trading practices will be confiscated.
- Evaluation Review: All passed evaluations are subject to review. Traders found to be in breach of policies will not be funded and may be ineligible for refunds.
Understanding Scalping vs. Microscalping
At Blue Guardian Futures, we differentiate between scalping, which is an accepted trading strategy, and microscalping, which is prohibited.
- Scalping involves holding trades for a short period, often a few minutes, and targeting small but reasonable profit margins, such as 5-10 points. It requires skill, focus, and a keen understanding of market dynamics, and it can be a viable approach in both simulated and live trading environments.
- Microscalping generally refers to executing a high volume of trades with very short holding times, typically under 10 seconds while aiming for small price movements. Traders should ensure their trading activity remains balanced and is not predominantly dependent on this strategy.
To promote consistent trading practices, less than 50% of your total profits may come from trades held for under 10 seconds. This rule applies during both the Evaluation and Funded phases. Excessive reliance on ultra-short duration trades may result in profit adjustments, payout reviews or further account action.
Why Microscalping is Prohibited
Microscalping can exploit the simulated fill algorithms of trading evaluations. This behavior may result in inflated performance metrics during the evaluation phase but often fails to deliver sustainable results in live markets due to the reliance on conditions like minimal slippage and perfect execution. Key issues with microscalping include:
- Fill Manipulation: Microscalping can take advantage of simulated environments where fills are less impacted by slippage or latency, creating an unrealistic expectation of profitability.
- Market Integrity: The ultra-short durations and high frequency of trades can distort market behavior, making it difficult to maintain a fair trading environment.
- Reliability: The strategy's success often hinges on perfect conditions that are rarely found in live trading environments, leading to inconsistent results.
By contrast, scalping, when conducted ethically and within reasonable limits, aligns with Blue Guardian Futures' standards and offers traders a legitimate path to profitability.
While scalping is a legitimate and widely accepted strategy, microscalping is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures to preserve the integrity of our trading environment.
Section: 6. Is Martingale Accepted?
− 7. Is Martingale Accepted?
+ 6. Is Martingale Accepted?
No, Martingale strategies are not permitted at Blue Guardian Futures.
Traders are not allowed to use trading strategies that involve progressively increasing position sizes after a losing trade or series of losses in an attempt to recover previous losses.
Any trading activity identified as Martingale may be subject to review and action in accordance with our trading rules.
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
- Funded Accounts: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
If you have any questions on this topic, please feel free to reach out to our support team via Live Chat, submit a ticket on Discord, or email us at [email protected]. We’re here to help!
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Legacy Account Models (Old account) | Blue Guardian | FuturesValues changed: 15 to 6th, 2% to 3%.Oct 4
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Standard Plan:
The Blue Guardian Futures Standard Evaluation is designed for traders who prefer a more conservative strategy with lower initial costs.
| Balance | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 | | |
| Max Position Size | 3 Mini's/30 Micro's | 6 Mini's/ 60 Micro's | 9 Mini's/ 90 Micro's | | |
| Daily Loss Limit | $1,250 | $2,500 | $3,750 | | |
| Breach Type | Hard Breach | Hard Breach | Hard Breach | | |
| Max Drawdown | $2,500 | $3,500 | $5,000 | | |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD | | |
| Consistency | 40% | 40% | 40% | 40% |
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes | |
| Payouts | Weekly | Weekly | Weekly | |
Section: Standard Plan:
− Below is the complete breakdown of the legacy Blue Guardian Futures account models offered before July 15. If you purchased one of these plans, the following rules and conditions will continue to apply to your account.
Profit Target
For Rapid, Pro, and Standard accounts, traders must achieve a 6% profit target during the evaluation phase while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Please note: Instant Standard accounts do not require an evaluation phase, as they are funded immediately upon purchase.
Drawdown Limits
Daily Loss Limit
The daily loss limit varies depending on the selected legacy account model:
Rapid Plan (Soft Breach)
- $50,000 Account: $1,000
- $100,000 Account: $2,000
- $150,000 Account: $3,000
If breached, all open trades will be closed and the account will be reinstated on the next trading day.
- 3rd payout target: $2,000
Pro Account Flexibility
Pro funded accounts do not follow payout targets.
Once the funded buffer is met, traders may withdraw 50% of profits above the buffer after meeting payout requirements. This gives traders greater flexibility and faster access to profits.
Account Buffer
To be eligible for a payout, traders must first meet both the required profit target and the buffer requirement.
Please note that payouts can only be requested from profits earned above the buffer amount, meaning the buffer must remain intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Standard Buffer | Instant Buffer | Rapid Buffer | Pro Buffer |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | $2,100 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $4,000 | $4,000 | $4,100 | $4,100 |
| $150,000 | $6,000 | $6,100 | $6,100 | $6,100 |
Payout Processing Fee
Section: Payout Processing Fee
− All payouts are subject to a 2% processing fee to cover transaction and payment provider costs.
The amount received may differ slightly from the payout certificate due to these deductions.
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
Standard Plan:
The Blue Guardian Futures Standard Evaluation is designed for traders who prefer a more conservative strategy with lower initial costs.
| Balance | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 | | |
| Max Position Size | 3 Mini's/30 Micro's | 6 Mini's/ 60 Micro's | 9 Mini's/ 90 Micro's | | |
| Daily Loss Limit | $1,250 | $2,500 | $3,750 | | |
| Breach Type | Hard Breach | Hard Breach | Hard Breach | | |
| Max Drawdown | $2,500 | $3,500 | $5,000 | | |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD | | |
| Consistency | 40% | 40% | 40% | 40% |
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes | |
| Payouts | Weekly | Weekly | Weekly | |
Section: Standard Plan:
+ Below is the complete breakdown of the legacy Blue Guardian Futures account models offered before July 6th. If you purchased one of these plans, the following rules and conditions will continue to apply to your account.
Profit Target
For Rapid, Pro, and Standard accounts, traders must achieve a 6% profit target during the evaluation phase while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Please note: Instant Standard accounts do not require an evaluation phase, as they are funded immediately upon purchase.
Drawdown Limits
Daily Loss Limit
The daily loss limit varies depending on the selected legacy account model:
Rapid Plan (Soft Breach)
- $50,000 Account: $1,000
- $100,000 Account: $2,000
- $150,000 Account: $3,000
If breached, all open trades will be closed and the account will be reinstated on the next trading day.
- 3rd payout target: $2,000
Pro Account Flexibility
Pro funded accounts do not follow payout targets.
Once the funded buffer is met, traders may withdraw 50% of profits above the buffer after meeting payout requirements. This gives traders greater flexibility and faster access to profits.
Account Buffer
To be eligible for a payout, traders must first meet both the required profit target and the buffer requirement.
Please note that payouts can only be requested from profits earned above the buffer amount, meaning the buffer must remain intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Standard Buffer | Instant Buffer | Rapid Buffer | Pro Buffer |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | $2,100 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $4,000 | $4,000 | $4,100 | $4,100 |
| $150,000 | $6,000 | $6,100 | $6,100 | $6,100 |
Payout Processing Fee
Section: Payout Processing Fee
+ All payouts are subject to a 3% processing fee to cover transaction and payment provider costs.
The amount received may differ slightly from the payout certificate due to these deductions.
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
Standard Plan:
The Blue Guardian Futures Standard Evaluation is designed for traders who prefer a more conservative strategy with lower initial costs.
| Balance | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 | | |
| Max Position Size | 3 Mini's/30 Micro's | 6 Mini's/ 60 Micro's | 9 Mini's/ 90 Micro's | | |
| Daily Loss Limit | $1,250 | $2,500 | $3,750 | | |
| Breach Type | Hard Breach | Hard Breach | Hard Breach | | |
| Max Drawdown | $2,500 | $3,500 | $5,000 | | |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD | | |
| Consistency | 40% | 40% | 40% | 40% |
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes | |
| Payouts | Weekly | Weekly | Weekly | |
Section: Standard Plan:
− Below is the complete breakdown of the legacy Blue Guardian Futures account models offered before July 15. If you purchased one of these plans, the following rules and conditions will continue to apply to your account.
+ Below is the complete breakdown of the legacy Blue Guardian Futures account models offered before July 6th. If you purchased one of these plans, the following rules and conditions will continue to apply to your account.
Profit Target
For Rapid, Pro, and Standard accounts, traders must achieve a 6% profit target during the evaluation phase while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Please note: Instant Standard accounts do not require an evaluation phase, as they are funded immediately upon purchase.
Drawdown Limits
Daily Loss Limit
The daily loss limit varies depending on the selected legacy account model:
Rapid Plan (Soft Breach)
- $50,000 Account: $1,000
- $100,000 Account: $2,000
- $150,000 Account: $3,000
If breached, all open trades will be closed and the account will be reinstated on the next trading day.
- 3rd payout target: $2,000
Pro Account Flexibility
Pro funded accounts do not follow payout targets.
Once the funded buffer is met, traders may withdraw 50% of profits above the buffer after meeting payout requirements. This gives traders greater flexibility and faster access to profits.
Account Buffer
To be eligible for a payout, traders must first meet both the required profit target and the buffer requirement.
Please note that payouts can only be requested from profits earned above the buffer amount, meaning the buffer must remain intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Standard Buffer | Instant Buffer | Rapid Buffer | Pro Buffer |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $2,500 | $2,100 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $4,000 | $4,000 | $4,100 | $4,100 |
| $150,000 | $6,000 | $6,100 | $6,100 | $6,100 |
Payout Processing Fee
Section: Payout Processing Fee
− All payouts are subject to a 2% processing fee to cover transaction and payment provider costs.
+ All payouts are subject to a 3% processing fee to cover transaction and payment provider costs.
The amount received may differ slightly from the payout certificate due to these deductions.
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Legacy Account Models (Old account) | Blue Guardian | Futures15 is now 6th.Oct 4
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The following account models were offered prior to July 6th are now considered our legacy plans:
- Standard
- Rapid
- Pro
- Instant Standard
− If you purchased any of these account types before July 15, your account will continue to follow the rules, conditions and payout structure applicable to that specific model.
Please refer to the details below for a full breakdown of how each legacy account model works.
Rapid Plan:
The Blue Guardian Futures Rapid Evaluation is designed for traders that don't like to be limited in time, get paid out every 3 days without minimum days requirement.
| Balance | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 |
| Max Position Size | 3 Mini's/30 Micro's | 6 Mini's/ 60 Micro's | 9 Mini's/ 90 Micro's |
| Daily Loss Limit | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 |
| Breach Type | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach |
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $4,000 | $6,000 |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Consistency | 40% | 40% | 40% |
| Micro Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes |
After
The following account models were offered prior to July 6th are now considered our legacy plans:
- Standard
- Rapid
- Pro
- Instant Standard
+ If you purchased any of these account types before July 6th, your account will continue to follow the rules, conditions and payout structure applicable to that specific model.
Please refer to the details below for a full breakdown of how each legacy account model works.
Rapid Plan:
The Blue Guardian Futures Rapid Evaluation is designed for traders that don't like to be limited in time, get paid out every 3 days without minimum days requirement.
| Balance | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 |
| Max Position Size | 3 Mini's/30 Micro's | 6 Mini's/ 60 Micro's | 9 Mini's/ 90 Micro's |
| Daily Loss Limit | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 |
| Breach Type | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach |
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $4,000 | $6,000 |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Consistency | 40% | 40% | 40% |
| Micro Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes |
The following account models were offered prior to July 6th are now considered our legacy plans:
- Standard
- Rapid
- Pro
- Instant Standard
− If you purchased any of these account types before July 15, your account will continue to follow the rules, conditions and payout structure applicable to that specific model.
+ If you purchased any of these account types before July 6th, your account will continue to follow the rules, conditions and payout structure applicable to that specific model.
Please refer to the details below for a full breakdown of how each legacy account model works.
Rapid Plan:
The Blue Guardian Futures Rapid Evaluation is designed for traders that don't like to be limited in time, get paid out every 3 days without minimum days requirement.
| Balance | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 |
| Max Position Size | 3 Mini's/30 Micro's | 6 Mini's/ 60 Micro's | 9 Mini's/ 90 Micro's |
| Daily Loss Limit | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 |
| Breach Type | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach |
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $4,000 | $6,000 |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Consistency | 40% | 40% | 40% |
| Micro Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes |
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Express Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesValues changed: $3,600 to $2,600, $5,100 to $3,600.Oct 4
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
−
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
After
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
+
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $2,600 |
| $150,000 | $3,600 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
−
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
+
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $2,600 |
| $150,000 | $3,600 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · What is the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account? | Blue Guardian | FuturesMultiple funded accounts now merge into a single Live Account with combined drawdown capped at $15,000; Live Bonus structure changed from per-account targets to milestone-based releases; Live Buyout option added allowing 50% of combined drawdown as cash alternative.Sep 29
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
All Live promotions are made solely at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
How does the Live Review process work?
Every trader entering the Live Review Pool undergoes an internal assessment by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
During the review, the team considers factors including:
- Overall trading consistency
- Risk management
- Trading discipline
- Lifetime profitability
- Account behaviour
- Previous Live account history (where applicable)
The objective is to identify traders capable of managing real capital responsibly over the long term.
What happens when I am promoted to Live?
Section: What happens when I am promoted to Live?
− Once approved, your eligible funded accounts will automatically transition into Live Accounts.
− For each eligible funded account, you will receive one corresponding Live Account.
− Each Live Account begins with:
- $0 Starting Balance
- Real CME execution
- Daily payouts
- End-of-Day drawdown
- No daily loss limit
No additional purchase or activation fee is required.
Do all funded accounts move to Live?
Section: Do all funded accounts move to Live?
− Yes.
− When a trader is approved for Live, all eligible funded accounts will transition together.
To be considered eligible, each funded account must have received at least one successful payout.
Example
If you currently have:
Section: Example
− - 2 Standard Funded Accounts
− - 1 Reserve Funded Account
− - 2 Express Funded Accounts
− and each account has received at least one payout, all five accounts will move to Live together.
What happens to my remaining simulated accounts?
Once you transition to Live:
- All active Evaluation Accounts will be closed.
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
Section: Live Account Specifications
−
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Accounts come with preset risk limits, including when multiple Live accounts are moved over. However, we can certainly consider increasing leverage and making adjustments based on consistent performance.
For example, traders who demonstrate strong and consistent risk management over time may become eligible for increased contract sizing.
Section: Example
Live Bonus
Section: Live Bonus
− The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
− To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
−
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Section: Example
− Each account begins with:
− * $0 starting balance
− * $2,000 Live drawdown
− Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
− In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
− Please note: that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Drawdown
Live Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown model.
If a payout is requested before your account balance exceeds the live drawdown amount, your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) will lock to $100.
Daily Loss Limit
After
All Live promotions are made solely at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
How does the Live Review process work?
Every trader entering the Live Review Pool undergoes an internal assessment by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
During the review, the team considers factors including:
- Overall trading consistency
- Risk management
- Trading discipline
- Lifetime profitability
- Account behaviour
- Previous Live account history (where applicable)
The objective is to identify traders capable of managing real capital responsibly over the long term.
What happens when I am promoted to Live?
Section: What happens when I am promoted to Live?
+ Once approved, all of your eligible funded accounts will automatically transition into one Live Account.
+ Your Live Account begins with:
- $0 Starting Balance
+ - Combined Live Drawdown — the Live Drawdown for each of your eligible funded accounts, added together
- Real CME execution
- Daily payouts
- End-of-Day drawdown
- No daily loss limit
No additional purchase or activation fee is required.
Do all funded accounts move to Live?
Section: Do all funded accounts move to Live?
+ When a trader is approved for Live, all eligible funded accounts merge together into a single Live Account.
To be considered eligible, each funded account must have received at least one successful payout.
Example
If you currently have:
Section: Example
+ - 2 Standard Funded Accounts ($50K each)
+ - 1 Reserve Funded Account ($50K)
+ - 2 Express Funded Accounts ($50K each)
+ and each account has received at least one payout, all five accounts merge into one Live Account with a combined Live Drawdown of $10,000.
What happens to my remaining simulated accounts?
Once you transition to Live:
- All active Evaluation Accounts will be closed.
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
Section: Live Account Specifications
+ Each eligible funded account contributes the following Live Drawdown to your Live Account, up to a combined maximum of $15,000:
+
| Funded Account Size | Live Drawdown Contributed |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,500 |
+ Your maximum position size is based on your combined Live Drawdown:
+
| Combined Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|
| Up to $2,000 | 2 Minis / 20 Micros |
| $2,000 – $4,500 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $4,500 – $6,500 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $6,500 – $9,500 | 8 Minis / 80 Micros |
| $9,500 – $15,000 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
+ Example
+ A trader merges three $50,000 funded accounts. The Live Account opens with a $6,000 combined Live Drawdown and a maximum position size of 6 Minis / 60 Micros.
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Accounts come with preset risk limits, including when multiple Live accounts are moved over. However, we can certainly consider increasing leverage and making adjustments based on consistent performance.
For example, traders who demonstrate strong and consistent risk management over time may become eligible for increased contract sizing.
Section: Example
+ Contract limits do not change after payouts or once your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) locks — the maximum position size from the table above is your limit.
+ Maximum Live Account balance: $15,000. (Only accounts purchases post 28/09/26)
Live Bonus
Section: Live Bonus
+ The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus based on their combined Live Drawdown.
+ Each time your Live Account reaches one of the following profit milestones, you receive a bonus equal to 25% of your starting combined Live Drawdown:
+
| Cumulative Net Profit | Bonus Released |
|---|---|
| 0.5 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
| 1 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
| 1.5 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
+ Each release is deposited into your Live Account balance for trading purposes.
+ Deposited bonus funds become withdrawable once you have completed 5 winning days on your Live Account — a day with net profit of at least 1% of your starting combined Live Drawdown (minimum $100) — and your account is in profit. Profit withdrawals are never blocked — payouts always draw from trading profits first.
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Section: Example
+ The Live Account begins with a $0 starting balance and a $10,000 combined Live Drawdown.
+ At $5,000 in net profit, a $2,500 bonus (25% of the starting combined drawdown) is deposited into the account. A further $2,500 is released at $10,000, and the final $2,500 at $15,000 in cumulative net profit — $7,500 in total Live Bonuses.
+ Please note: the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
+ Can I choose a cash payout instead of going Live?
+ Yes.
+ Traders who prefer not to trade a Live Account may choose the Live Buyout at the time of their transition.
+ The Live Buyout is a one-time cash payout equal to 50% of the combined starting Live Drawdown of your eligible funded accounts, paid out like a standard withdrawal. Your accounts are then closed.
+ Example
+ A trader is approved for Live with five $50,000 funded accounts. Each contributes a $2,000 Live Drawdown — $10,000 combined. The Live Buyout would be $5,000.
+ Please note:
+ - The Live Buyout is only available at the moment of your Live transition and cannot be requested later.
+ - It is available once per trader.
+ - After taking the Live Buyout, a standard 28 day cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Drawdown
Live Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown model.
If a payout is requested before your account balance exceeds the live drawdown amount, your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) will lock to $100.
Daily Loss Limit
All Live promotions are made solely at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
How does the Live Review process work?
Every trader entering the Live Review Pool undergoes an internal assessment by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
During the review, the team considers factors including:
- Overall trading consistency
- Risk management
- Trading discipline
- Lifetime profitability
- Account behaviour
- Previous Live account history (where applicable)
The objective is to identify traders capable of managing real capital responsibly over the long term.
What happens when I am promoted to Live?
Section: What happens when I am promoted to Live?
− Once approved, your eligible funded accounts will automatically transition into Live Accounts.
− For each eligible funded account, you will receive one corresponding Live Account.
− Each Live Account begins with:
+ Once approved, all of your eligible funded accounts will automatically transition into one Live Account.
+ Your Live Account begins with:
- $0 Starting Balance
+ - Combined Live Drawdown — the Live Drawdown for each of your eligible funded accounts, added together
- Real CME execution
- Daily payouts
- End-of-Day drawdown
- No daily loss limit
No additional purchase or activation fee is required.
Do all funded accounts move to Live?
Section: Do all funded accounts move to Live?
− Yes.
− When a trader is approved for Live, all eligible funded accounts will transition together.
+ When a trader is approved for Live, all eligible funded accounts merge together into a single Live Account.
To be considered eligible, each funded account must have received at least one successful payout.
Example
If you currently have:
Section: Example
− - 2 Standard Funded Accounts
− - 1 Reserve Funded Account
− - 2 Express Funded Accounts
− and each account has received at least one payout, all five accounts will move to Live together.
+ - 2 Standard Funded Accounts ($50K each)
+ - 1 Reserve Funded Account ($50K)
+ - 2 Express Funded Accounts ($50K each)
+ and each account has received at least one payout, all five accounts merge into one Live Account with a combined Live Drawdown of $10,000.
What happens to my remaining simulated accounts?
Once you transition to Live:
- All active Evaluation Accounts will be closed.
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
Section: Live Account Specifications
−
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
+ Each eligible funded account contributes the following Live Drawdown to your Live Account, up to a combined maximum of $15,000:
+
| Funded Account Size | Live Drawdown Contributed |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,500 |
+ Your maximum position size is based on your combined Live Drawdown:
+
| Combined Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|
| Up to $2,000 | 2 Minis / 20 Micros |
| $2,000 – $4,500 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $4,500 – $6,500 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $6,500 – $9,500 | 8 Minis / 80 Micros |
| $9,500 – $15,000 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
+ Example
+ A trader merges three $50,000 funded accounts. The Live Account opens with a $6,000 combined Live Drawdown and a maximum position size of 6 Minis / 60 Micros.
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Accounts come with preset risk limits, including when multiple Live accounts are moved over. However, we can certainly consider increasing leverage and making adjustments based on consistent performance.
For example, traders who demonstrate strong and consistent risk management over time may become eligible for increased contract sizing.
Section: Example
+ Contract limits do not change after payouts or once your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) locks — the maximum position size from the table above is your limit.
+ Maximum Live Account balance: $15,000. (Only accounts purchases post 28/09/26)
Live Bonus
Section: Live Bonus
− The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
− To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
−
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
+ The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus based on their combined Live Drawdown.
+ Each time your Live Account reaches one of the following profit milestones, you receive a bonus equal to 25% of your starting combined Live Drawdown:
+
| Cumulative Net Profit | Bonus Released |
|---|---|
| 0.5 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
| 1 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
| 1.5 × combined Live Drawdown | 25% of starting combined Live Drawdown |
+ Each release is deposited into your Live Account balance for trading purposes.
+ Deposited bonus funds become withdrawable once you have completed 5 winning days on your Live Account — a day with net profit of at least 1% of your starting combined Live Drawdown (minimum $100) — and your account is in profit. Profit withdrawals are never blocked — payouts always draw from trading profits first.
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Section: Example
− Each account begins with:
− * $0 starting balance
− * $2,000 Live drawdown
− Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
− In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
− Please note: that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
+ The Live Account begins with a $0 starting balance and a $10,000 combined Live Drawdown.
+ At $5,000 in net profit, a $2,500 bonus (25% of the starting combined drawdown) is deposited into the account. A further $2,500 is released at $10,000, and the final $2,500 at $15,000 in cumulative net profit — $7,500 in total Live Bonuses.
+ Please note: the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
+ Can I choose a cash payout instead of going Live?
+ Yes.
+ Traders who prefer not to trade a Live Account may choose the Live Buyout at the time of their transition.
+ The Live Buyout is a one-time cash payout equal to 50% of the combined starting Live Drawdown of your eligible funded accounts, paid out like a standard withdrawal. Your accounts are then closed.
+ Example
+ A trader is approved for Live with five $50,000 funded accounts. Each contributes a $2,000 Live Drawdown — $10,000 combined. The Live Buyout would be $5,000.
+ Please note:
+ - The Live Buyout is only available at the moment of your Live transition and cannot be requested later.
+ - It is available once per trader.
+ - After taking the Live Buyout, a standard 28 day cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Drawdown
Live Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown model.
If a payout is requested before your account balance exceeds the live drawdown amount, your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) will lock to $100.
Daily Loss Limit
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Introduction to Blue Guardian Futures | Blue Guardian | FuturesSomalia and Jamaica were added to the restricted countries list.Sep 28
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| Albania | Democratic Republic of Congo | Kosovo | Sri Lanka |
|---|---|---|---|
| Algeria | Ecuador | Laos | Sudan |
| Andorra | Ethiopia | Lebanon | Syria |
| Angola | Ghana | Liberia | Trinidad and Tobago |
| Bahamas | Iceland | Libya | Tunisia |
| Barbados | Indonesia | Malaysia | Turkey |
| Belarus | Iran | Mauritius | Uganda |
| Bosnia & Herzegovina | Iraq | Mongolia | Ukraine |
| Botswana | Israel | Montenegro | Venezuela |
| Bulgaria | Jamaica | Morocco | Vietnam |
| Burma (Myanmar) | Kosovo | Nicaragua | Yemen |
| Burundi | Laos | North Korea | Zimbabwe |
Section: Restricted Countries
−
| Albania | Democratic Republic of Congo | Kosovo | Sri Lanka |
|---|---|---|---|
| Cambodia | Lebanon | Pakistan | | |
| Central African Republic | Liberia | Panama | |
| Côte d’Ivoire | Libya | Papua New Guinea | |
| Crimea | Malaysia | Russia | |
| Afghanistan | Cuba | Jamaica | |
Ongoing Verification Monitoring
Blue Guardian Futures continuously monitors identity documents through its third-party verification provider.
To remain compliant:
- Documents must remain valid
- Expired documents may require resubmission
- Failed verification may delay payouts
All verification decisions made by our third-party provider are final and cannot be overridden by Blue Guardian Futures.
Accessing or completing our third-party identity verification process through a virtual machine (VM), remote desktop environment, proxy, or similar virtualized setup is strictly prohibited.
Identity verification must be completed directly from your personal device and genuine network environment. Attempting to complete verification through a virtual machine or other restricted environment may result in verification failure, additional compliance checks, delays to your payout, or rejection of the payout request.
After
| Albania | Democratic Republic of Congo | Kosovo | Sri Lanka |
|---|---|---|---|
| Algeria | Ecuador | Laos | Sudan |
| Andorra | Ethiopia | Lebanon | Syria |
| Angola | Ghana | Liberia | Trinidad and Tobago |
| Bahamas | Iceland | Libya | Tunisia |
| Barbados | Indonesia | Malaysia | Turkey |
| Belarus | Iran | Mauritius | Uganda |
| Bosnia & Herzegovina | Iraq | Mongolia | Ukraine |
| Botswana | Israel | Montenegro | Venezuela |
| Bulgaria | Jamaica | Morocco | Vietnam |
| Burma (Myanmar) | Kosovo | Nicaragua | Yemen |
| Burundi | Laos | North Korea | Zimbabwe |
Section: Restricted Countries
+
| Albania | Democratic Republic of Congo | Kosovo | Sri Lanka |
|---|---|---|---|
| Cambodia | Lebanon | Pakistan | Somalia |
| Central African Republic | Liberia | Panama | Jamaica |
| Côte d’Ivoire | Libya | Papua New Guinea | |
| Crimea | Malaysia | Russia | |
| Afghanistan | Cuba | Jamaica | |
Ongoing Verification Monitoring
Blue Guardian Futures continuously monitors identity documents through its third-party verification provider.
To remain compliant:
- Documents must remain valid
- Expired documents may require resubmission
- Failed verification may delay payouts
All verification decisions made by our third-party provider are final and cannot be overridden by Blue Guardian Futures.
Accessing or completing our third-party identity verification process through a virtual machine (VM), remote desktop environment, proxy, or similar virtualized setup is strictly prohibited.
Identity verification must be completed directly from your personal device and genuine network environment. Attempting to complete verification through a virtual machine or other restricted environment may result in verification failure, additional compliance checks, delays to your payout, or rejection of the payout request.
| Albania | Democratic Republic of Congo | Kosovo | Sri Lanka |
|---|---|---|---|
| Algeria | Ecuador | Laos | Sudan |
| Andorra | Ethiopia | Lebanon | Syria |
| Angola | Ghana | Liberia | Trinidad and Tobago |
| Bahamas | Iceland | Libya | Tunisia |
| Barbados | Indonesia | Malaysia | Turkey |
| Belarus | Iran | Mauritius | Uganda |
| Bosnia & Herzegovina | Iraq | Mongolia | Ukraine |
| Botswana | Israel | Montenegro | Venezuela |
| Bulgaria | Jamaica | Morocco | Vietnam |
| Burma (Myanmar) | Kosovo | Nicaragua | Yemen |
| Burundi | Laos | North Korea | Zimbabwe |
Section: Restricted Countries
−
| Albania | Democratic Republic of Congo | Kosovo | Sri Lanka |
|---|---|---|---|
| Cambodia | Lebanon | Pakistan | | |
| Central African Republic | Liberia | Panama | |
+
| Albania | Democratic Republic of Congo | Kosovo | Sri Lanka |
|---|---|---|---|
| Cambodia | Lebanon | Pakistan | Somalia |
| Central African Republic | Liberia | Panama | Jamaica |
| Côte d’Ivoire | Libya | Papua New Guinea | |
| Crimea | Malaysia | Russia | |
| Afghanistan | Cuba | Jamaica | |
Ongoing Verification Monitoring
Blue Guardian Futures continuously monitors identity documents through its third-party verification provider.
To remain compliant:
- Documents must remain valid
- Expired documents may require resubmission
- Failed verification may delay payouts
All verification decisions made by our third-party provider are final and cannot be overridden by Blue Guardian Futures.
Accessing or completing our third-party identity verification process through a virtual machine (VM), remote desktop environment, proxy, or similar virtualized setup is strictly prohibited.
Identity verification must be completed directly from your personal device and genuine network environment. Attempting to complete verification through a virtual machine or other restricted environment may result in verification failure, additional compliance checks, delays to your payout, or rejection of the payout request.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Contract Limits & Funded Scaling System | Blue Guardian | FuturesRemoved Reserve from Express evaluation section, added separate Reserve section, added Express scaling trigger table with profit-based progression rules and example.Sep 24
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| $25,000 | 1 | 10 |
|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | 4 | 40 |
| $100,000 | 8 | 80 |
| $150,000 | 12 | 120 |
Direct Account Contract Limits (Flat Structure)
Direct Accounts follow the same contract structure as Standard Accounts.
Since Direct Accounts are instant funded, traders receive full contract access immediately.
| Account Size | Max Minis | Max Micros |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | 1 | 10 |
| $50,000 | 4 | 40 |
| $100,000 | 8 | 80 |
| $150,000 | 12 | 120 |
Section: Express Evaluation Contract Limits
− Reserve & Express Evaluation Contract Limits
− Reserve and Express Accounts provide full contract access during evaluation.
This allows traders to trade at full size while working toward qualification.
| Account Size | Max Minis | Max Micros |
|---|
| $25,000 | 2 | 20 |
| $50,000 | 4 | 40 |
| $100,000 | 8 | 80 |
| $150,000 | 12 | 120 |
Section: Reserve Funded Scaling System
− Reserve & Express Funded Scaling System
Once you qualify for funded on Reserve or Express, your contract limits are reduced initially and increase progressively as your account balance grows.
Scaling is updated at End of Day (EOD) based on your closing balance.
Starting Funded Limits
| Account Size | Starting Minis | Starting Micros |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | 1 | 10 |
| $50,000 | 2 | 20 |
| $100,000 | 3 | 30 |
| $150,000 | 3 | 30 |
Scaling Trigger Table
| Trigger | $25K | $50K | $100K | $150K |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Starting | 1 / 10 | 2 / 20 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 |
| +$1,500 | 2 / 20 | 3 / 30 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 |
After
| $25,000 | 1 | 10 |
|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | 4 | 40 |
| $100,000 | 8 | 80 |
| $150,000 | 12 | 120 |
Direct Account Contract Limits (Flat Structure)
Direct Accounts follow the same contract structure as Standard Accounts.
Since Direct Accounts are instant funded, traders receive full contract access immediately.
| Account Size | Max Minis | Max Micros |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | 1 | 10 |
| $50,000 | 4 | 40 |
| $100,000 | 8 | 80 |
| $150,000 | 12 | 120 |
Section: Express Evaluation Contract Limits
+ Express Evaluation Contract Limits
+ Express Accounts provide full contract access during evaluation.
+ This allows traders to trade at full size while working toward qualification.
+
| Account Size | Max Minis | Max Micros |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | 1 | 10 |
| $50,000 | 4 | 40 |
| $100,000 | 8 | 80 |
| $150,000 | 12 | 120 |
+ Scaling Trigger Table
+
| Trigger | $25K | $50K | $100K | $150K |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Starting | 1 / 10 | 2 / 20 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 |
| +$1,500 | 2 / 20 | 3 / 30 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 |
| +$2,000 | — | 4 / 40 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 |
| +$3,000 | — | — | 8 / 80 | 8 / 80 |
| +$4,500 | — | — | — | 12 / 120 |
+ How does scaling work?
+ Example:
+ A trader passes a $100K Express Account.
+ During evaluation, they had access to 8 Minis / 80 Micros. Once funded, they start at 3 Minis / 30 Micros. If the trader grows the account balance by $1,500+ and holds that profit through EOD, the account unlocks:
+ 4 Minis / 40 Micros, If they continue growing to the next trigger: 5 Minis / 50 Micros and so on.
+ Reserve Evaluation Contract Limits
+ Reserve Accounts provide full contract access during evaluation.
This allows traders to trade at full size while working toward qualification.
| Account Size | Max Minis | Max Micros |
|---|
| $25,000 | 2 | 20 |
| $50,000 | 4 | 40 |
| $100,000 | 8 | 80 |
| $150,000 | 12 | 120 |
Section: Reserve Funded Scaling System
+ Reserve Funded Scaling System
Once you qualify for funded on Reserve or Express, your contract limits are reduced initially and increase progressively as your account balance grows.
Scaling is updated at End of Day (EOD) based on your closing balance.
Starting Funded Limits
| Account Size | Starting Minis | Starting Micros |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | 1 | 10 |
| $50,000 | 2 | 20 |
| $100,000 | 3 | 30 |
| $150,000 | 3 | 30 |
Scaling Trigger Table
| Trigger | $25K | $50K | $100K | $150K |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Starting | 1 / 10 | 2 / 20 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 |
| +$1,500 | 2 / 20 | 3 / 30 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 |
| $25,000 | 1 | 10 |
|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | 4 | 40 |
| $100,000 | 8 | 80 |
| $150,000 | 12 | 120 |
Direct Account Contract Limits (Flat Structure)
Direct Accounts follow the same contract structure as Standard Accounts.
Since Direct Accounts are instant funded, traders receive full contract access immediately.
| Account Size | Max Minis | Max Micros |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | 1 | 10 |
| $50,000 | 4 | 40 |
| $100,000 | 8 | 80 |
| $150,000 | 12 | 120 |
Section: Express Evaluation Contract Limits
− Reserve & Express Evaluation Contract Limits
− Reserve and Express Accounts provide full contract access during evaluation.
+ Express Evaluation Contract Limits
+ Express Accounts provide full contract access during evaluation.
+ This allows traders to trade at full size while working toward qualification.
+
| Account Size | Max Minis | Max Micros |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | 1 | 10 |
| $50,000 | 4 | 40 |
| $100,000 | 8 | 80 |
| $150,000 | 12 | 120 |
+ Scaling Trigger Table
+
| Trigger | $25K | $50K | $100K | $150K |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Starting | 1 / 10 | 2 / 20 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 |
| +$1,500 | 2 / 20 | 3 / 30 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 |
| +$2,000 | — | 4 / 40 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 |
| +$3,000 | — | — | 8 / 80 | 8 / 80 |
| +$4,500 | — | — | — | 12 / 120 |
+ How does scaling work?
+ Example:
+ A trader passes a $100K Express Account.
+ During evaluation, they had access to 8 Minis / 80 Micros. Once funded, they start at 3 Minis / 30 Micros. If the trader grows the account balance by $1,500+ and holds that profit through EOD, the account unlocks:
+ 4 Minis / 40 Micros, If they continue growing to the next trigger: 5 Minis / 50 Micros and so on.
+ Reserve Evaluation Contract Limits
+ Reserve Accounts provide full contract access during evaluation.
This allows traders to trade at full size while working toward qualification.
| Account Size | Max Minis | Max Micros |
|---|
| $25,000 | 2 | 20 |
| $50,000 | 4 | 40 |
| $100,000 | 8 | 80 |
| $150,000 | 12 | 120 |
Section: Reserve Funded Scaling System
− Reserve & Express Funded Scaling System
+ Reserve Funded Scaling System
Once you qualify for funded on Reserve or Express, your contract limits are reduced initially and increase progressively as your account balance grows.
Scaling is updated at End of Day (EOD) based on your closing balance.
Starting Funded Limits
| Account Size | Starting Minis | Starting Micros |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | 1 | 10 |
| $50,000 | 2 | 20 |
| $100,000 | 3 | 30 |
| $150,000 | 3 | 30 |
Scaling Trigger Table
| Trigger | $25K | $50K | $100K | $150K |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Starting | 1 / 10 | 2 / 20 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 |
| +$1,500 | 2 / 20 | 3 / 30 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 |
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Reserve Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesReset fee calculation changed from 10% of final amount paid to 10% less of the base-discounted amount paid.Sep 23
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Reserve accounts can be reset after a breach, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account.
Section: Reserve Account Reset Fees
− The reset fee is calculated at 10% of the final amount paid for the account. Since Reserve accounts are available across three different challenge types, the exact reset fee will vary depending on the challenge selected, the account size and any promotional discount or coupon applied at the time of purchase.
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $300 |
| $50,000 | $600 |
After
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Reserve accounts can be reset after a breach, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account.
Section: Reserve Account Reset Fees
+ The reset fee is calculated at 10% less of the base-discounted amount paid for the account. Since Reserve accounts are available across three different challenge types, the exact reset fee will vary depending on the challenge selected, the account size and any promotional discount or coupon applied at the time of purchase.
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $300 |
| $50,000 | $600 |
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Reserve accounts can be reset after a breach, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account.
Section: Reserve Account Reset Fees
− The reset fee is calculated at 10% of the final amount paid for the account. Since Reserve accounts are available across three different challenge types, the exact reset fee will vary depending on the challenge selected, the account size and any promotional discount or coupon applied at the time of purchase.
+ The reset fee is calculated at 10% less of the base-discounted amount paid for the account. Since Reserve accounts are available across three different challenge types, the exact reset fee will vary depending on the challenge selected, the account size and any promotional discount or coupon applied at the time of purchase.
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $300 |
| $50,000 | $600 |
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Reserve Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesReserve Accounts now include a Daily Loss Limit by default, with a "No Daily Loss Limit" add-on option; default limits range from $600 to $3,000 depending on account size. Added optional 40% Consistency add-on as lower-cost alternative to standard 50% rule. Clarified that 1% C...Sep 21
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consistency | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only |
| News Trading | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed |
| Payouts | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout |
Overview of Reserve Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Reserve Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a flexible trading model with no daily loss limits and higher payout potential.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions, and payout requirements for the Reserve account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Section: Daily Loss Limit
− On the Reserve plan, there is no daily loss limit.
− It is the trader’s responsibility to manage risk appropriately and trade in a disciplined manner while staying within the account’s overall trailing drawdown rules.
− Is there an option to add a Daily Loss Limit to a Reserve Account?
− Yes. We now offer an optional Daily Loss Limit add-on for traders who prefer the Reserve Account but would like the additional protection of a daily loss limit. This add-on can be selected during purchase for those who want an extra layer of risk management while trading, it act as soft breach.
- $25,000 Account: $600
- $50,000 Account: $1,200
- $100,000 Account: $1,700
- $150,000 Account: $3,000
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Reserve Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
Examples:
- $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $26,600
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
- $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $103,600
- $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $156,100
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
Copy trading is allowed at Blue Guardian Futures, including the use of third-party copier software, provided all copied trades are between accounts legally owned by the same trader. This includes copying between your own Blue Guardian accounts Futures and your own external accounts.
Copying trades from other traders, signal providers, trade groups, or allowing third parties to manage or execute trades on your behalf is strictly prohibited and may result in account review or termination.
Microscalping Rule
At Blue Guardian Futures, scalping is allowed; however, micro scalping is restricted. Less than 50% of your total profits may come from trades held for under 10 seconds.
This rule applies during both the Evaluation and Funded phases. Excessive reliance on ultra-short duration trades may result in profit removal, payout review or further account action.
Consistency Rule
For Blue Guardian Futures Reserve Accounts, a 50% consistency rule applies on Challenge Accounts only.This means that your highest-profit trading day cannot account for more than 50% of your total profits.
To successfully complete the Challenge, you must not only reach the required profit target but also satisfy the 50% consistency requirement. If the consistency rule has not been met, the account will not be eligible to pass until your profit distribution becomes compliant.
Violating the consistency rule does not breach or terminate your account. You simply need to continue trading until your highest-profit day represents less than 50% of your total profits.
Example
If your highest-profit trading day is $2,000, your total profits must exceed $4,000 before you satisfy the 50% consistency requirement.
Section: Optional 40% Consistency Add-On
Consistency Cushion
Section: Consistency Cushion
− To give traders a little more flexibility, the Reserve Account includes a 1% Consistency Cushion. This means your largest profitable trading day can make up up to 51% of your total profits, instead of being strictly limited to 50%. The cushion is there to help traders who narrowly exceed the consistency limit by a small amount, so they don’t have to take an extra trading day just because they were slightly over.
While this flexibility may allow some traders to complete the evaluation in as little as two trading days, we always recommend focusing on consistent trading rather than trying to pass as quickly as possible.
Example
| Account Size | Profit Target | Standard 50% Limit | Maximum with 1% Cushion |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $750 | $765 |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $1,500 | $1,530 |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $3,060 |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $4,590 |
Example: On a $50,000 Reserve Account, the profit target is $3,000. Normally, your largest profitable day could not exceed $1,500 (50% of the profit target). With the 1% Consistency Cushion, your largest profitable day can be up to $1,530 and still meet the consistency requirement.
Important: The values in the table above are provided as examples based on reaching the exact profit target.
The Consistency Cushion is not a fixed dollar amount. It is applied as a 1% tolerance to the consistency calculation, so the maximum allowable profit for your largest trading day will adjust based on your total profits at the time.
How does payouts affect Reserve Drawdown?
After any payout/withdrawal, the drawdown floor will locked at your starting balance + $100. This ensures the account remains active and prevents traders from withdrawing down to the exact breach level.
After
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consistency | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only |
| News Trading | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed |
| Payouts | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout |
Overview of Reserve Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Reserve Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a flexible trading model with no daily loss limits and higher payout potential.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions, and payout requirements for the Reserve account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Section: Daily Loss Limit
+ Reserve Accounts include a Daily Loss Limit by default. Traders who prefer to trade without this restriction can select the “No Daily Loss Limit” add-on when purchasing their account. The Daily Loss Limit can be removed by selecting the optional add-on during checkout.
+ If the add-on is selected, the account will not have a Daily Loss Limit. However, traders must continue to manage their risk carefully and remain within the account’s overall trailing drawdown limit.
+ The Default Daily Loss Limits are:
- $25,000 Account: $600
- $50,000 Account: $1,200
- $100,000 Account: $1,700
- $150,000 Account: $3,000
+ Without the add-on, exceeding the applicable Daily Loss Limit will result in a soft breach.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Reserve Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
Examples:
- $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $26,600
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
- $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $103,600
- $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $156,100
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
Copy trading is allowed at Blue Guardian Futures, including the use of third-party copier software, provided all copied trades are between accounts legally owned by the same trader. This includes copying between your own Blue Guardian accounts Futures and your own external accounts.
Copying trades from other traders, signal providers, trade groups, or allowing third parties to manage or execute trades on your behalf is strictly prohibited and may result in account review or termination.
Microscalping Rule
At Blue Guardian Futures, scalping is allowed; however, micro scalping is restricted. Less than 50% of your total profits may come from trades held for under 10 seconds.
This rule applies during both the Evaluation and Funded phases. Excessive reliance on ultra-short duration trades may result in profit removal, payout review or further account action.
Consistency Rule
For Blue Guardian Futures Reserve Accounts, a 50% consistency rule applies on Challenge Accounts only.This means that your highest-profit trading day cannot account for more than 50% of your total profits.
To successfully complete the Challenge, you must not only reach the required profit target but also satisfy the 50% consistency requirement. If the consistency rule has not been met, the account will not be eligible to pass until your profit distribution becomes compliant.
Violating the consistency rule does not breach or terminate your account. You simply need to continue trading until your highest-profit day represents less than 50% of your total profits.
Example
If your highest-profit trading day is $2,000, your total profits must exceed $4,000 before you satisfy the 50% consistency requirement.
Section: Optional 40% Consistency Add-On
+ Optional 40% Consistency Add-On
+ Traders who prefer a lower-priced Reserve evaluation can select the optional “40% Consistency” add-on during checkout.
+ When this add-on is selected, the standard 50% Consistency Rule is replaced by a 40% Consistency Rule. This means your highest-profit trading day cannot account for more than 40% of your total profits.
+ For example, if your highest-profit day is $2,000, your total profits must reach at least $5,000 to satisfy the 40% requirement.
+ The Consistency Rule applies only during the Challenge phase. Funded Reserve Accounts do not have a Consistency Rule.
Consistency Cushion
Section: Consistency Cushion
+ To give traders a little more flexibility, the Reserve Account includes a 1% Consistency Cushion. This means your largest profitable trading day can make up up to 51% of your total profits, instead of being strictly limited to 50%. The 1% Consistency Cushion applies to the standard 50% Consistency Rule only, allowing the highest profit day to represent up to 51% of total profits.
+ The cushion is there to help traders who narrowly exceed the consistency limit by a small amount, so they don’t have to take an extra trading day just because they were slightly over.
While this flexibility may allow some traders to complete the evaluation in as little as two trading days, we always recommend focusing on consistent trading rather than trying to pass as quickly as possible.
Example
| Account Size | Profit Target | Standard 50% Limit | Maximum with 1% Cushion |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $750 | $765 |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $1,500 | $1,530 |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $3,060 |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $4,590 |
Example: On a $50,000 Reserve Account, the profit target is $3,000. Normally, your largest profitable day could not exceed $1,500 (50% of the profit target). With the 1% Consistency Cushion, your largest profitable day can be up to $1,530 and still meet the consistency requirement.
Important: The values in the table above are provided as examples based on reaching the exact profit target.
The Consistency Cushion is not a fixed dollar amount. It is applied as a 1% tolerance to the consistency calculation, so the maximum allowable profit for your largest trading day will adjust based on your total profits at the time.
How does payouts affect Reserve Drawdown?
After any payout/withdrawal, the drawdown floor will locked at your starting balance + $100. This ensures the account remains active and prevents traders from withdrawing down to the exact breach level.
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consistency | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only | 50% on challenge only |
| News Trading | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed |
| Payouts | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout |
Overview of Reserve Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Reserve Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a flexible trading model with no daily loss limits and higher payout potential.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions, and payout requirements for the Reserve account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Section: Daily Loss Limit
− On the Reserve plan, there is no daily loss limit.
− It is the trader’s responsibility to manage risk appropriately and trade in a disciplined manner while staying within the account’s overall trailing drawdown rules.
− Is there an option to add a Daily Loss Limit to a Reserve Account?
− Yes. We now offer an optional Daily Loss Limit add-on for traders who prefer the Reserve Account but would like the additional protection of a daily loss limit. This add-on can be selected during purchase for those who want an extra layer of risk management while trading, it act as soft breach.
+ Reserve Accounts include a Daily Loss Limit by default. Traders who prefer to trade without this restriction can select the “No Daily Loss Limit” add-on when purchasing their account. The Daily Loss Limit can be removed by selecting the optional add-on during checkout.
+ If the add-on is selected, the account will not have a Daily Loss Limit. However, traders must continue to manage their risk carefully and remain within the account’s overall trailing drawdown limit.
+ The Default Daily Loss Limits are:
- $25,000 Account: $600
- $50,000 Account: $1,200
- $100,000 Account: $1,700
- $150,000 Account: $3,000
+ Without the add-on, exceeding the applicable Daily Loss Limit will result in a soft breach.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Reserve Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
Examples:
- $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $26,600
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
- $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $103,600
- $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $156,100
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
Copy trading is allowed at Blue Guardian Futures, including the use of third-party copier software, provided all copied trades are between accounts legally owned by the same trader. This includes copying between your own Blue Guardian accounts Futures and your own external accounts.
Copying trades from other traders, signal providers, trade groups, or allowing third parties to manage or execute trades on your behalf is strictly prohibited and may result in account review or termination.
Microscalping Rule
At Blue Guardian Futures, scalping is allowed; however, micro scalping is restricted. Less than 50% of your total profits may come from trades held for under 10 seconds.
This rule applies during both the Evaluation and Funded phases. Excessive reliance on ultra-short duration trades may result in profit removal, payout review or further account action.
Consistency Rule
For Blue Guardian Futures Reserve Accounts, a 50% consistency rule applies on Challenge Accounts only.This means that your highest-profit trading day cannot account for more than 50% of your total profits.
To successfully complete the Challenge, you must not only reach the required profit target but also satisfy the 50% consistency requirement. If the consistency rule has not been met, the account will not be eligible to pass until your profit distribution becomes compliant.
Violating the consistency rule does not breach or terminate your account. You simply need to continue trading until your highest-profit day represents less than 50% of your total profits.
Example
If your highest-profit trading day is $2,000, your total profits must exceed $4,000 before you satisfy the 50% consistency requirement.
Section: Optional 40% Consistency Add-On
+ Optional 40% Consistency Add-On
+ Traders who prefer a lower-priced Reserve evaluation can select the optional “40% Consistency” add-on during checkout.
+ When this add-on is selected, the standard 50% Consistency Rule is replaced by a 40% Consistency Rule. This means your highest-profit trading day cannot account for more than 40% of your total profits.
+ For example, if your highest-profit day is $2,000, your total profits must reach at least $5,000 to satisfy the 40% requirement.
+ The Consistency Rule applies only during the Challenge phase. Funded Reserve Accounts do not have a Consistency Rule.
Consistency Cushion
Section: Consistency Cushion
− To give traders a little more flexibility, the Reserve Account includes a 1% Consistency Cushion. This means your largest profitable trading day can make up up to 51% of your total profits, instead of being strictly limited to 50%. The cushion is there to help traders who narrowly exceed the consistency limit by a small amount, so they don’t have to take an extra trading day just because they were slightly over.
+ To give traders a little more flexibility, the Reserve Account includes a 1% Consistency Cushion. This means your largest profitable trading day can make up up to 51% of your total profits, instead of being strictly limited to 50%. The 1% Consistency Cushion applies to the standard 50% Consistency Rule only, allowing the highest profit day to represent up to 51% of total profits.
+ The cushion is there to help traders who narrowly exceed the consistency limit by a small amount, so they don’t have to take an extra trading day just because they were slightly over.
While this flexibility may allow some traders to complete the evaluation in as little as two trading days, we always recommend focusing on consistent trading rather than trying to pass as quickly as possible.
Example
| Account Size | Profit Target | Standard 50% Limit | Maximum with 1% Cushion |
|---|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $750 | $765 |
| $50,000 | $3,000 | $1,500 | $1,530 |
| $100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $3,060 |
| $150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $4,590 |
Example: On a $50,000 Reserve Account, the profit target is $3,000. Normally, your largest profitable day could not exceed $1,500 (50% of the profit target). With the 1% Consistency Cushion, your largest profitable day can be up to $1,530 and still meet the consistency requirement.
Important: The values in the table above are provided as examples based on reaching the exact profit target.
The Consistency Cushion is not a fixed dollar amount. It is applied as a 1% tolerance to the consistency calculation, so the maximum allowable profit for your largest trading day will adjust based on your total profits at the time.
How does payouts affect Reserve Drawdown?
After any payout/withdrawal, the drawdown floor will locked at your starting balance + $100. This ensures the account remains active and prevents traders from withdrawing down to the exact breach level.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Payout Policy | Blue Guardian | FuturesDaily payout cap for $25,000 accounts increased from $550 to $600.Sep 18
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| $25,000 | $100 |
|---|---|
| $50,000 | $150 |
| $100,000 | $200 |
| $150,000 | $250 |
Payout Requirements
- Minimum 5 winning days
- No buffer required
- Winning days reset after payout
Express Account
Designed for traders seeking daily cash flow and fast access to profits.
Max Daily Payout
| Account Size | Daily Payout Cap |
|---|
Section: Max Daily Payout
−
| Account Size | Daily Payout Cap |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $550 |
| $50,000 | $1,100 |
| $100,000 | $1,500 |
| $150,000 | $2,500 |
Funded Buffer
Withdrawals cannot be requested from the buffer amount. Only profits generated above the required buffer are eligible for withdrawal.
| Account Size | Buffer Required |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Payout Requirements
- Must maintain funded buffer
After
| $25,000 | $100 |
|---|---|
| $50,000 | $150 |
| $100,000 | $200 |
| $150,000 | $250 |
Payout Requirements
- Minimum 5 winning days
- No buffer required
- Winning days reset after payout
Express Account
Designed for traders seeking daily cash flow and fast access to profits.
Max Daily Payout
| Account Size | Daily Payout Cap |
|---|
Section: Max Daily Payout
+
| Account Size | Daily Payout Cap |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $600 |
| $50,000 | $1,100 |
| $100,000 | $1,500 |
| $150,000 | $2,500 |
Funded Buffer
Withdrawals cannot be requested from the buffer amount. Only profits generated above the required buffer are eligible for withdrawal.
| Account Size | Buffer Required |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Payout Requirements
- Must maintain funded buffer
| $25,000 | $100 |
|---|---|
| $50,000 | $150 |
| $100,000 | $200 |
| $150,000 | $250 |
Payout Requirements
- Minimum 5 winning days
- No buffer required
- Winning days reset after payout
Express Account
Designed for traders seeking daily cash flow and fast access to profits.
Max Daily Payout
| Account Size | Daily Payout Cap |
|---|
Section: Max Daily Payout
−
| Account Size | Daily Payout Cap |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $550 |
+
| Account Size | Daily Payout Cap |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $600 |
| $50,000 | $1,100 |
| $100,000 | $1,500 |
| $150,000 | $2,500 |
Funded Buffer
Withdrawals cannot be requested from the buffer amount. Only profits generated above the required buffer are eligible for withdrawal.
| Account Size | Buffer Required |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Payout Requirements
- Must maintain funded buffer
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Express Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesReactivation fees decreased across all account size tiers: $50,000 from $649 to $330, $100,000 from $999 to $450, $150,000 from $1,499 to $750.Sep 18
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| $150,000 | $261 |
|---|
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $180 |
Section: Express Funded Account Reactivation
−
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $50,000 | $649 |
| $100,000 | $999 |
| $150,000 | $1,499 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
| $150,000 | $261 |
|---|
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $180 |
Section: Express Funded Account Reactivation
+
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $50,000 | $330 |
| $100,000 | $450 |
| $150,000 | $750 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
| $150,000 | $261 |
|---|
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $180 |
Section: Express Funded Account Reactivation
−
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $50,000 | $649 |
| $100,000 | $999 |
| $150,000 | $1,499 |
+
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $50,000 | $330 |
| $100,000 | $450 |
| $150,000 | $750 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Reserve Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesMinimum withdrawal amounts removed; Reserve account reset fees changed from fixed amounts to 10% of final amount paid, with fees now varying by challenge type and promotions applied.Sep 18
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Section: Reserve Account Reset Fees
− Reserve accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
− Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
−
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $75 |
| $50,000 | $104 |
| $100,000 | $167 |
| $150,000 | $312 |
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $300 |
| $50,000 | $600 |
After
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Section: Reserve Account Reset Fees
+ Reserve accounts can be reset after a breach, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account.
+ The reset fee is calculated at 10% of the final amount paid for the account. Since Reserve accounts are available across three different challenge types, the exact reset fee will vary depending on the challenge selected, the account size and any promotional discount or coupon applied at the time of purchase.
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $300 |
| $50,000 | $600 |
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Section: Reserve Account Reset Fees
− Reserve accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
− Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
−
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $75 |
| $50,000 | $104 |
| $100,000 | $167 |
| $150,000 | $312 |
+ Reserve accounts can be reset after a breach, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account.
+ The reset fee is calculated at 10% of the final amount paid for the account. Since Reserve accounts are available across three different challenge types, the exact reset fee will vary depending on the challenge selected, the account size and any promotional discount or coupon applied at the time of purchase.
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $300 |
| $50,000 | $600 |
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Payout Policy | Blue Guardian | FuturesAccount buffer requirements decreased for $100,000 and $150,000 tiers; $25,000 tier buffer also reduced.Sep 15
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| $100,000 | $200 |
|---|---|
| $150,000 | $250 |
Payout Requirements
- Minimum 5 winning days
- No buffer required
- Winning days reset after payout
Express Account
Designed for traders seeking daily cash flow and fast access to profits.
Max Daily Payout
| Account Size | Daily Payout Cap |
|---|
| $25,000 | $550 |
| $50,000 | $1,100 |
Section: Max Daily Payout
−
| Account Size | Daily Payout Cap |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $2,200 |
| $150,000 | $3,300 |
Funded Buffer
Withdrawals cannot be requested from the buffer amount. Only profits generated above the required buffer are eligible for withdrawal.
| Account Size | Buffer Required |
|---|
Section: Funded Buffer
−
| Account Size | Buffer Required |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,600 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Payout Requirements
- Must maintain funded buffer
- Instant payout once eligible
- Subject to daily cap
Direct Account
Built for traders who want immediate access with no funded buffer requirement.
Payout Caps
| Account Size | Payouts 1–3 | Payouts 4+ |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | $1,000 |
After
| $100,000 | $200 |
|---|---|
| $150,000 | $250 |
Payout Requirements
- Minimum 5 winning days
- No buffer required
- Winning days reset after payout
Express Account
Designed for traders seeking daily cash flow and fast access to profits.
Max Daily Payout
| Account Size | Daily Payout Cap |
|---|
| $25,000 | $550 |
| $50,000 | $1,100 |
Section: Max Daily Payout
+
| Account Size | Daily Payout Cap |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $1,500 |
| $150,000 | $2,500 |
Funded Buffer
Withdrawals cannot be requested from the buffer amount. Only profits generated above the required buffer are eligible for withdrawal.
| Account Size | Buffer Required |
|---|
Section: Funded Buffer
+
| Account Size | Buffer Required |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Payout Requirements
- Must maintain funded buffer
- Instant payout once eligible
- Subject to daily cap
Direct Account
Built for traders who want immediate access with no funded buffer requirement.
Payout Caps
| Account Size | Payouts 1–3 | Payouts 4+ |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | $1,000 |
| $100,000 | $200 |
|---|---|
| $150,000 | $250 |
Payout Requirements
- Minimum 5 winning days
- No buffer required
- Winning days reset after payout
Express Account
Designed for traders seeking daily cash flow and fast access to profits.
Max Daily Payout
| Account Size | Daily Payout Cap |
|---|
| $25,000 | $550 |
| $50,000 | $1,100 |
Section: Max Daily Payout
−
| Account Size | Daily Payout Cap |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $2,200 |
| $150,000 | $3,300 |
+
| Account Size | Daily Payout Cap |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $1,500 |
| $150,000 | $2,500 |
Funded Buffer
Withdrawals cannot be requested from the buffer amount. Only profits generated above the required buffer are eligible for withdrawal.
| Account Size | Buffer Required |
|---|
Section: Funded Buffer
−
| Account Size | Buffer Required |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,600 |
+
| Account Size | Buffer Required |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Payout Requirements
- Must maintain funded buffer
- Instant payout once eligible
- Subject to daily cap
Direct Account
Built for traders who want immediate access with no funded buffer requirement.
Payout Caps
| Account Size | Payouts 1–3 | Payouts 4+ |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | $1,000 |
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Express Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesFunded buffer requirement for $25,000 accounts decreased from $1,600 to $1,100.Sep 15
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Minimum Payout Requirements
To request a payout, your available profit must meet the minimum payout requirement for your account size.
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
−
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,600 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
After
Minimum Payout Requirements
To request a payout, your available profit must meet the minimum payout requirement for your account size.
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
+
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Minimum Payout Requirements
To request a payout, your available profit must meet the minimum payout requirement for your account size.
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
−
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,600 |
+
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Introduction to Blue Guardian Futures | Blue Guardian | FuturesNew requirement prohibiting virtual machines and proxy environments for identity verification, with consequences for violations. One other change present.Sep 15
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| Cambodia | Lebanon | Pakistan | |
|---|---|---|
| Central African Republic | Liberia | Panama | |
| Côte d’Ivoire | Libya | Papua New Guinea | |
| Crimea | Malaysia | Russia | |
| Afghanistan | Cuba | Jamaica | |
Ongoing Verification Monitoring
Blue Guardian Futures continuously monitors identity documents through its third-party verification provider.
To remain compliant:
- Documents must remain valid
- Expired documents may require resubmission
- Failed verification may delay payouts
All verification decisions made by our third-party provider are final and cannot be overridden by Blue Guardian Futures.
Section: Ongoing Verification Monitoring
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
- Funded Accounts: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
After
| Cambodia | Lebanon | Pakistan | |
|---|---|---|
| Central African Republic | Liberia | Panama | |
| Côte d’Ivoire | Libya | Papua New Guinea | |
| Crimea | Malaysia | Russia | |
| Afghanistan | Cuba | Jamaica | |
Ongoing Verification Monitoring
Blue Guardian Futures continuously monitors identity documents through its third-party verification provider.
To remain compliant:
- Documents must remain valid
- Expired documents may require resubmission
- Failed verification may delay payouts
All verification decisions made by our third-party provider are final and cannot be overridden by Blue Guardian Futures.
Section: Ongoing Verification Monitoring
+ Accessing or completing our third-party identity verification process through a virtual machine (VM), remote desktop environment, proxy, or similar virtualized setup is strictly prohibited.
+ Identity verification must be completed directly from your personal device and genuine network environment. Attempting to complete verification through a virtual machine or other restricted environment may result in verification failure, additional compliance checks, delays to your payout, or rejection of the payout request.
+ Repeated or intentional attempts to circumvent the verification process may also result in further review of your account.
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
- Funded Accounts: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
| Cambodia | Lebanon | Pakistan | |
|---|---|---|
| Central African Republic | Liberia | Panama | |
| Côte d’Ivoire | Libya | Papua New Guinea | |
| Crimea | Malaysia | Russia | |
| Afghanistan | Cuba | Jamaica | |
Ongoing Verification Monitoring
Blue Guardian Futures continuously monitors identity documents through its third-party verification provider.
To remain compliant:
- Documents must remain valid
- Expired documents may require resubmission
- Failed verification may delay payouts
All verification decisions made by our third-party provider are final and cannot be overridden by Blue Guardian Futures.
Section: Ongoing Verification Monitoring
+ Accessing or completing our third-party identity verification process through a virtual machine (VM), remote desktop environment, proxy, or similar virtualized setup is strictly prohibited.
+ Identity verification must be completed directly from your personal device and genuine network environment. Attempting to complete verification through a virtual machine or other restricted environment may result in verification failure, additional compliance checks, delays to your payout, or rejection of the payout request.
+ Repeated or intentional attempts to circumvent the verification process may also result in further review of your account.
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
- Funded Accounts: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · What is the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account? | Blue Guardian | FuturesAdded guidance on preset risk limits and eligibility for increased leverage based on consistent performance. TIER: notableSep 14
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Section: Live Account Specifications
Live Bonus
The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Each account begins with:
* $0 starting balance
After
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Section: Live Account Specifications
+ Accounts come with preset risk limits, including when multiple Live accounts are moved over. However, we can certainly consider increasing leverage and making adjustments based on consistent performance.
+ For example, traders who demonstrate strong and consistent risk management over time may become eligible for increased contract sizing.
Live Bonus
The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Each account begins with:
* $0 starting balance
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Section: Live Account Specifications
+ Accounts come with preset risk limits, including when multiple Live accounts are moved over. However, we can certainly consider increasing leverage and making adjustments based on consistent performance.
+ For example, traders who demonstrate strong and consistent risk management over time may become eligible for increased contract sizing.
Live Bonus
The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Each account begins with:
* $0 starting balance
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Express Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesFunded buffer for $25,000 accounts increased from $1,100 to $1,600, and one reactivation rule was removed.Sep 14
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
Minimum Payout Requirements
To request a payout, your available profit must meet the minimum payout requirement for your account size.
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
−
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
− - Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $180 |
| $50,000 | $649 |
| $100,000 | $999 |
| $150,000 | $1,499 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
Minimum Payout Requirements
To request a payout, your available profit must meet the minimum payout requirement for your account size.
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
+
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,600 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $180 |
| $50,000 | $649 |
| $100,000 | $999 |
| $150,000 | $1,499 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
Minimum Payout Requirements
To request a payout, your available profit must meet the minimum payout requirement for your account size.
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
−
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
+
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,600 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
− - Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $180 |
| $50,000 | $649 |
| $100,000 | $999 |
| $150,000 | $1,499 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Reserve Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesReactivation reuse limit removed; reactivation option window changed from 30 calendar days to unspecified and reactivated account terms removed. TIER: majorSep 14
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $75 |
| $50,000 | $104 |
| $100,000 | $167 |
| $150,000 | $312 |
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
− - Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $300 |
| $50,000 | $600 |
| $100,000 | $750 |
| $150,000 | $900 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $75 |
| $50,000 | $104 |
| $100,000 | $167 |
| $150,000 | $312 |
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $300 |
| $50,000 | $600 |
| $100,000 | $750 |
| $150,000 | $900 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $75 |
| $50,000 | $104 |
| $100,000 | $167 |
| $150,000 | $312 |
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
− - Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $300 |
| $50,000 | $600 |
| $100,000 | $750 |
| $150,000 | $900 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Standard Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesReactivation limit of 2 times and 30-day window removed; reactivation option availability conditions now unspecified.Sep 14
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
− - Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $450 |
| $50,000 | $750 |
| $100,000 | $900 |
| $150,000 | $1,200 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $450 |
| $50,000 | $750 |
| $100,000 | $900 |
| $150,000 | $1,200 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
− - Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $450 |
| $50,000 | $750 |
| $100,000 | $900 |
| $150,000 | $1,200 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · 24 Hours Payout Guarantee | Blue Guardian | FuturesRemoved eligibility section stating the 24-Hour Payout Guarantee only applies to accounts purchased before September 1, 2026. TIER: majorSep 13
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Blue Guardian is committed to processing eligible payout requests as quickly and efficiently as possible. For accounts covered by our 24-Hour Payout Guarantee, eligible payouts are processed within 24 business hours.
If an eligible payout exceeds this timeframe, the trader will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of the payout guarantee.
− Eligibility
− The 24-Hour Payout Guarantee only applies to eligible accounts purchased before September 1, 2026.
− Accounts purchased on or after September 1, 2026 are not covered by the 24-Hour Payout Guarantee.
− Accounts purchased before this date may remain eligible, provided that all other payout requirements and conditions are met.
Exceptions
The 24-hour timeframe may be paused or excluded in circumstances where additional processing or action is required. The guarantee does not apply to delays involving:
- Weekends or applicable bank holidays
- Compliance checks, risk reviews, or additional account investigations
- Rise onboarding or processing delays
- Pending documentation, verification, or information from the trader
- Any required action from the trader that has not yet been completed
The 24-business-hour time frame begins once the payout request is eligible for processing and all required information, documentation, and trader actions have been completed.
If a payout is subject to additional compliance or risk review, the guarantee will not apply for the duration of that review.
After
Blue Guardian is committed to processing eligible payout requests as quickly and efficiently as possible. For accounts covered by our 24-Hour Payout Guarantee, eligible payouts are processed within 24 business hours.
If an eligible payout exceeds this timeframe, the trader will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of the payout guarantee.
Exceptions
The 24-hour timeframe may be paused or excluded in circumstances where additional processing or action is required. The guarantee does not apply to delays involving:
- Weekends or applicable bank holidays
- Compliance checks, risk reviews, or additional account investigations
- Rise onboarding or processing delays
- Pending documentation, verification, or information from the trader
- Any required action from the trader that has not yet been completed
The 24-business-hour time frame begins once the payout request is eligible for processing and all required information, documentation, and trader actions have been completed.
If a payout is subject to additional compliance or risk review, the guarantee will not apply for the duration of that review.
Blue Guardian is committed to processing eligible payout requests as quickly and efficiently as possible. For accounts covered by our 24-Hour Payout Guarantee, eligible payouts are processed within 24 business hours.
If an eligible payout exceeds this timeframe, the trader will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of the payout guarantee.
− Eligibility
− The 24-Hour Payout Guarantee only applies to eligible accounts purchased before September 1, 2026.
− Accounts purchased on or after September 1, 2026 are not covered by the 24-Hour Payout Guarantee.
− Accounts purchased before this date may remain eligible, provided that all other payout requirements and conditions are met.
Exceptions
The 24-hour timeframe may be paused or excluded in circumstances where additional processing or action is required. The guarantee does not apply to delays involving:
- Weekends or applicable bank holidays
- Compliance checks, risk reviews, or additional account investigations
- Rise onboarding or processing delays
- Pending documentation, verification, or information from the trader
- Any required action from the trader that has not yet been completed
The 24-business-hour time frame begins once the payout request is eligible for processing and all required information, documentation, and trader actions have been completed.
If a payout is subject to additional compliance or risk review, the guarantee will not apply for the duration of that review.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · What is the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account? | Blue Guardian | FuturesNew Live Bonus program introduced for first-time promotions, with one-time bonuses ranging from $1,000 to $4,500 based on account size and profit targets.Sep 13
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Section: Live Bonus
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Drawdown
Live Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown model.
If a payout is requested before your account balance exceeds the live drawdown amount, your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) will lock to $100.
Daily Loss Limit
After
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Section: Live Bonus
+ Live Bonus
+ The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
+ To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
+
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
+ Example
+ A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
+ Each account begins with:
+ * $0 starting balance
+ * $2,000 Live drawdown
+ Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
+ In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
+ Please note: that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Drawdown
Live Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown model.
If a payout is requested before your account balance exceeds the live drawdown amount, your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) will lock to $100.
Daily Loss Limit
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Section: Live Bonus
+ Live Bonus
+ The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
+ To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
+
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
+ Example
+ A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
+ Each account begins with:
+ * $0 starting balance
+ * $2,000 Live drawdown
+ Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
+ In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
+ Please note: that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Drawdown
Live Accounts use an End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown model.
If a payout is requested before your account balance exceeds the live drawdown amount, your Maximum Loss Limit (MLL) will lock to $100.
Daily Loss Limit
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Prohibited Trading Strategies | Blue Guardian | FuturesCopy trading and hedging rules added; hedging explicitly prohibited across accounts; section numbering updated. TIER: majorSep 13
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The Simulated Market at Blue Guardian Futures is designed to closely mirror live trading conditions, but there can still be some kind of a difference. We understand the unique challenges this creates for our platform, our funding partners, and most importantly, our traders. To maintain a fair, transparent, and balanced trading environment, we've put policies in place to prevent practices that could take advantage of the simulated setup or deviate from ethical trading standards.
Understanding Simulated trading environments
Some trading strategies can take advantage of the simulated fill algorithm, leading to strong performance during the evaluation phase but ultimately resulting in losses when moved to live environments. A small number of traders, either unknowingly or with intent to game the system, may use these strategies, which are strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures.
1. Automated Trading Protocols
At Blue Guardian Futures (BGF), we enforce rigorous guidelines to uphold a fair and transparent trading environment in automated trading:
- Automated Scalping: BGF limits the use of automated systems designed for ultra-high-frequency scalping, particularly systems that exceed 200 trades per day.
- Automated Tools: AI, bots, and other fully automated trading mechanisms are strictly prohibited across all account types.
- Semi-Automated Trading: Allowed only if traders actively monitor and manually manage trades, fully understanding the system’s purpose and limitations.
- Automated Behavior: Fully hands-off, continuous, day-and-night trading or any type of complete automation is strictly forbidden.
Section: 2. Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
− 2. Order Management and Market Conduct
BGF prioritizes ethical trading practices and responsible order management to support a stable trading environment:
- Order Placement: Placing multiple limit orders at the same price to manipulate order fills is strictly prohibited.
- Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading: Trading strategies aimed at exploiting isolated fills in low-liquidity or gapped markets are not permitted.
- Slippage and Bracket Exploitation: Using tight brackets or taking advantage of the simulated market’s absence of slippage to gain favorable fills is forbidden.
- Compliance with CME Group: All trading activity must comply with CME Group rules and regulations.
- Collaborative Trading: Coordinated trading with others to execute identical or opposing strategies across unconnected accounts is not allowed.
Section: 5. Hedging
− 3. Policy Violations and Consequences
BGF enforces strict consequences for policy violations to protect the integrity of our trading environment:
- Termination: BGF reserves the right to terminate agreements immediately if a trader violates policies.
- Profit Confiscation: Profits obtained through prohibited trading practices will be confiscated.
- Evaluation Review: All passed evaluations are subject to review. Traders found to be in breach of policies will not be funded and may be ineligible for refunds.
Understanding Scalping vs. Microscalping
At Blue Guardian Futures, we differentiate between scalping, which is an accepted trading strategy, and microscalping, which is prohibited.
- Scalping involves holding trades for a short period, often a few minutes, and targeting small but reasonable profit margins, such as 5-10 points. It requires skill, focus, and a keen understanding of market dynamics, and it can be a viable approach in both simulated and live trading environments.
- Microscalping generally refers to executing a high volume of trades with very short holding times, typically under 10 seconds while aiming for small price movements. Traders should ensure their trading activity remains balanced and is not predominantly dependent on this strategy.
To promote consistent trading practices, less than 50% of your total profits may come from trades held for under 10 seconds. This rule applies during both the Evaluation and Funded phases. Excessive reliance on ultra-short duration trades may result in profit adjustments, payout reviews or further account action.
Why Microscalping is Prohibited
Microscalping can exploit the simulated fill algorithms of trading evaluations. This behavior may result in inflated performance metrics during the evaluation phase but often fails to deliver sustainable results in live markets due to the reliance on conditions like minimal slippage and perfect execution. Key issues with microscalping include:
- Fill Manipulation: Microscalping can take advantage of simulated environments where fills are less impacted by slippage or latency, creating an unrealistic expectation of profitability.
- Market Integrity: The ultra-short durations and high frequency of trades can distort market behavior, making it difficult to maintain a fair trading environment.
- Reliability: The strategy's success often hinges on perfect conditions that are rarely found in live trading environments, leading to inconsistent results.
By contrast, scalping, when conducted ethically and within reasonable limits, aligns with Blue Guardian Futures' standards and offers traders a legitimate path to profitability.
While scalping is a legitimate and widely accepted strategy, microscalping is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures to preserve the integrity of our trading environment.
Section: 7. Is Martingale Accepted?
− 5. Is Martingale Accepted?
No, Martingale strategies are not permitted at Blue Guardian Futures.
Traders are not allowed to use trading strategies that involve progressively increasing position sizes after a losing trade or series of losses in an attempt to recover previous losses.
Any trading activity identified as Martingale may be subject to review and action in accordance with our trading rules.
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
- Funded Accounts: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
If you have any questions on this topic, please feel free to reach out to our support team via Live Chat, submit a ticket on Discord, or email us at [email protected]. We’re here to help!
After
The Simulated Market at Blue Guardian Futures is designed to closely mirror live trading conditions, but there can still be some kind of a difference. We understand the unique challenges this creates for our platform, our funding partners, and most importantly, our traders. To maintain a fair, transparent, and balanced trading environment, we've put policies in place to prevent practices that could take advantage of the simulated setup or deviate from ethical trading standards.
Understanding Simulated trading environments
Some trading strategies can take advantage of the simulated fill algorithm, leading to strong performance during the evaluation phase but ultimately resulting in losses when moved to live environments. A small number of traders, either unknowingly or with intent to game the system, may use these strategies, which are strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures.
1. Automated Trading Protocols
At Blue Guardian Futures (BGF), we enforce rigorous guidelines to uphold a fair and transparent trading environment in automated trading:
- Automated Scalping: BGF limits the use of automated systems designed for ultra-high-frequency scalping, particularly systems that exceed 200 trades per day.
- Automated Tools: AI, bots, and other fully automated trading mechanisms are strictly prohibited across all account types.
- Semi-Automated Trading: Allowed only if traders actively monitor and manually manage trades, fully understanding the system’s purpose and limitations.
- Automated Behavior: Fully hands-off, continuous, day-and-night trading or any type of complete automation is strictly forbidden.
Section: 2. Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
+ 2. Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
+ Copy trading is allowed at Blue Guardian Futures, including the use of third-party copier software, provided all copied trades are between accounts legally owned by the same trader. This includes copying between your own Blue Guardian accounts Futures and your own external accounts.
+ Copying trades from other traders, signal providers, trade groups, or allowing third parties to manage or execute trades on your behalf is strictly prohibited and may result in account review or termination.
+ 3. Hedging
+ Hedging is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures. Traders may not hold opposing positions in the same or highly correlated instruments across one or multiple Blue Guardian Futures accounts with the intention of offsetting risk, bypassing account rules, or guaranteeing a favorable outcome on one account. This includes coordinated hedging between accounts owned by the same trader or between multiple traders. Any activity identified as hedging or designed to exploit Blue Guardian’s risk parameters may result in the affected account being breached, profits being removed, payouts being denied, and further action being taken on associated accounts.
+ 4. Order Management and Market Conduct
BGF prioritizes ethical trading practices and responsible order management to support a stable trading environment:
- Order Placement: Placing multiple limit orders at the same price to manipulate order fills is strictly prohibited.
- Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading: Trading strategies aimed at exploiting isolated fills in low-liquidity or gapped markets are not permitted.
- Slippage and Bracket Exploitation: Using tight brackets or taking advantage of the simulated market’s absence of slippage to gain favorable fills is forbidden.
- Compliance with CME Group: All trading activity must comply with CME Group rules and regulations.
- Collaborative Trading: Coordinated trading with others to execute identical or opposing strategies across unconnected accounts is not allowed.
Section: 5. Hedging
+ 5. Hedging
+ Hedging is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian. Traders may not hold opposing positions in the same or highly correlated instruments across one or multiple Blue Guardian accounts with the intention of offsetting risk, bypassing account rules, or guaranteeing a favorable outcome on one account. This includes coordinated hedging between accounts owned by the same trader or between multiple traders. Any activity identified as hedging or designed to exploit Blue Guardian’s risk parameters may result in the affected account being breached, profits being removed, payouts being denied, and further action being taken on associated accounts.
+ 6. Policy Violations and Consequences
BGF enforces strict consequences for policy violations to protect the integrity of our trading environment:
- Termination: BGF reserves the right to terminate agreements immediately if a trader violates policies.
- Profit Confiscation: Profits obtained through prohibited trading practices will be confiscated.
- Evaluation Review: All passed evaluations are subject to review. Traders found to be in breach of policies will not be funded and may be ineligible for refunds.
Understanding Scalping vs. Microscalping
At Blue Guardian Futures, we differentiate between scalping, which is an accepted trading strategy, and microscalping, which is prohibited.
- Scalping involves holding trades for a short period, often a few minutes, and targeting small but reasonable profit margins, such as 5-10 points. It requires skill, focus, and a keen understanding of market dynamics, and it can be a viable approach in both simulated and live trading environments.
- Microscalping generally refers to executing a high volume of trades with very short holding times, typically under 10 seconds while aiming for small price movements. Traders should ensure their trading activity remains balanced and is not predominantly dependent on this strategy.
To promote consistent trading practices, less than 50% of your total profits may come from trades held for under 10 seconds. This rule applies during both the Evaluation and Funded phases. Excessive reliance on ultra-short duration trades may result in profit adjustments, payout reviews or further account action.
Why Microscalping is Prohibited
Microscalping can exploit the simulated fill algorithms of trading evaluations. This behavior may result in inflated performance metrics during the evaluation phase but often fails to deliver sustainable results in live markets due to the reliance on conditions like minimal slippage and perfect execution. Key issues with microscalping include:
- Fill Manipulation: Microscalping can take advantage of simulated environments where fills are less impacted by slippage or latency, creating an unrealistic expectation of profitability.
- Market Integrity: The ultra-short durations and high frequency of trades can distort market behavior, making it difficult to maintain a fair trading environment.
- Reliability: The strategy's success often hinges on perfect conditions that are rarely found in live trading environments, leading to inconsistent results.
By contrast, scalping, when conducted ethically and within reasonable limits, aligns with Blue Guardian Futures' standards and offers traders a legitimate path to profitability.
While scalping is a legitimate and widely accepted strategy, microscalping is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures to preserve the integrity of our trading environment.
Section: 7. Is Martingale Accepted?
+ 7. Is Martingale Accepted?
No, Martingale strategies are not permitted at Blue Guardian Futures.
Traders are not allowed to use trading strategies that involve progressively increasing position sizes after a losing trade or series of losses in an attempt to recover previous losses.
Any trading activity identified as Martingale may be subject to review and action in accordance with our trading rules.
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
- Funded Accounts: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
If you have any questions on this topic, please feel free to reach out to our support team via Live Chat, submit a ticket on Discord, or email us at [email protected]. We’re here to help!
The Simulated Market at Blue Guardian Futures is designed to closely mirror live trading conditions, but there can still be some kind of a difference. We understand the unique challenges this creates for our platform, our funding partners, and most importantly, our traders. To maintain a fair, transparent, and balanced trading environment, we've put policies in place to prevent practices that could take advantage of the simulated setup or deviate from ethical trading standards.
Understanding Simulated trading environments
Some trading strategies can take advantage of the simulated fill algorithm, leading to strong performance during the evaluation phase but ultimately resulting in losses when moved to live environments. A small number of traders, either unknowingly or with intent to game the system, may use these strategies, which are strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures.
1. Automated Trading Protocols
At Blue Guardian Futures (BGF), we enforce rigorous guidelines to uphold a fair and transparent trading environment in automated trading:
- Automated Scalping: BGF limits the use of automated systems designed for ultra-high-frequency scalping, particularly systems that exceed 200 trades per day.
- Automated Tools: AI, bots, and other fully automated trading mechanisms are strictly prohibited across all account types.
- Semi-Automated Trading: Allowed only if traders actively monitor and manually manage trades, fully understanding the system’s purpose and limitations.
- Automated Behavior: Fully hands-off, continuous, day-and-night trading or any type of complete automation is strictly forbidden.
Section: 2. Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
− 2. Order Management and Market Conduct
+ 2. Can I use copy trading or trade copiers?
+ Copy trading is allowed at Blue Guardian Futures, including the use of third-party copier software, provided all copied trades are between accounts legally owned by the same trader. This includes copying between your own Blue Guardian accounts Futures and your own external accounts.
+ Copying trades from other traders, signal providers, trade groups, or allowing third parties to manage or execute trades on your behalf is strictly prohibited and may result in account review or termination.
+ 3. Hedging
+ Hedging is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures. Traders may not hold opposing positions in the same or highly correlated instruments across one or multiple Blue Guardian Futures accounts with the intention of offsetting risk, bypassing account rules, or guaranteeing a favorable outcome on one account. This includes coordinated hedging between accounts owned by the same trader or between multiple traders. Any activity identified as hedging or designed to exploit Blue Guardian’s risk parameters may result in the affected account being breached, profits being removed, payouts being denied, and further action being taken on associated accounts.
+ 4. Order Management and Market Conduct
BGF prioritizes ethical trading practices and responsible order management to support a stable trading environment:
- Order Placement: Placing multiple limit orders at the same price to manipulate order fills is strictly prohibited.
- Gapped or Illiquid Market Trading: Trading strategies aimed at exploiting isolated fills in low-liquidity or gapped markets are not permitted.
- Slippage and Bracket Exploitation: Using tight brackets or taking advantage of the simulated market’s absence of slippage to gain favorable fills is forbidden.
- Compliance with CME Group: All trading activity must comply with CME Group rules and regulations.
- Collaborative Trading: Coordinated trading with others to execute identical or opposing strategies across unconnected accounts is not allowed.
Section: 5. Hedging
− 3. Policy Violations and Consequences
+ 5. Hedging
+ Hedging is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian. Traders may not hold opposing positions in the same or highly correlated instruments across one or multiple Blue Guardian accounts with the intention of offsetting risk, bypassing account rules, or guaranteeing a favorable outcome on one account. This includes coordinated hedging between accounts owned by the same trader or between multiple traders. Any activity identified as hedging or designed to exploit Blue Guardian’s risk parameters may result in the affected account being breached, profits being removed, payouts being denied, and further action being taken on associated accounts.
+ 6. Policy Violations and Consequences
BGF enforces strict consequences for policy violations to protect the integrity of our trading environment:
- Termination: BGF reserves the right to terminate agreements immediately if a trader violates policies.
- Profit Confiscation: Profits obtained through prohibited trading practices will be confiscated.
- Evaluation Review: All passed evaluations are subject to review. Traders found to be in breach of policies will not be funded and may be ineligible for refunds.
Understanding Scalping vs. Microscalping
At Blue Guardian Futures, we differentiate between scalping, which is an accepted trading strategy, and microscalping, which is prohibited.
- Scalping involves holding trades for a short period, often a few minutes, and targeting small but reasonable profit margins, such as 5-10 points. It requires skill, focus, and a keen understanding of market dynamics, and it can be a viable approach in both simulated and live trading environments.
- Microscalping generally refers to executing a high volume of trades with very short holding times, typically under 10 seconds while aiming for small price movements. Traders should ensure their trading activity remains balanced and is not predominantly dependent on this strategy.
To promote consistent trading practices, less than 50% of your total profits may come from trades held for under 10 seconds. This rule applies during both the Evaluation and Funded phases. Excessive reliance on ultra-short duration trades may result in profit adjustments, payout reviews or further account action.
Why Microscalping is Prohibited
Microscalping can exploit the simulated fill algorithms of trading evaluations. This behavior may result in inflated performance metrics during the evaluation phase but often fails to deliver sustainable results in live markets due to the reliance on conditions like minimal slippage and perfect execution. Key issues with microscalping include:
- Fill Manipulation: Microscalping can take advantage of simulated environments where fills are less impacted by slippage or latency, creating an unrealistic expectation of profitability.
- Market Integrity: The ultra-short durations and high frequency of trades can distort market behavior, making it difficult to maintain a fair trading environment.
- Reliability: The strategy's success often hinges on perfect conditions that are rarely found in live trading environments, leading to inconsistent results.
By contrast, scalping, when conducted ethically and within reasonable limits, aligns with Blue Guardian Futures' standards and offers traders a legitimate path to profitability.
While scalping is a legitimate and widely accepted strategy, microscalping is strictly prohibited at Blue Guardian Futures to preserve the integrity of our trading environment.
Section: 7. Is Martingale Accepted?
− 5. Is Martingale Accepted?
+ 7. Is Martingale Accepted?
No, Martingale strategies are not permitted at Blue Guardian Futures.
Traders are not allowed to use trading strategies that involve progressively increasing position sizes after a losing trade or series of losses in an attempt to recover previous losses.
Any trading activity identified as Martingale may be subject to review and action in accordance with our trading rules.
Account Inactivity
To keep your account active, you must place at least one trade within the required inactivity period.
- Evaluation Accounts: At least one trade is required every 30 calendar days.
- Funded Accounts: At least one trade is required every 7 calendar days.
Failure to place a trade within the applicable timeframe will result in the account being considered inactive and breached.
If you have any questions on this topic, please feel free to reach out to our support team via Live Chat, submit a ticket on Discord, or email us at [email protected]. We’re here to help!
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · What is the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account? | Blue Guardian | FuturesMaximum position size for $25,000 Live Account reduced from 2 Minis / 20 Micros to 1 Minis / 10 Micros; Live Scaling Plan section removed entirely.Sep 12
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
- 2 Express Funded Accounts
and each account has received at least one payout, all five accounts will move to Live together.
What happens to my remaining simulated accounts?
Once you transition to Live:
- All active Evaluation Accounts will be closed.
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|
Section: Live Account Specifications
−
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 2 Minis / 20 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Daily Loss Limit
There is no daily loss limit on Live Accounts.
Consistency Rule
There are no consistency requirements on Live Accounts.
Regardless of whether your account originated from the Standard, Reserve, Express, or Direct model, all consistency requirements are removed once you transition to Live.
News Trading
News trading is not permitted on Live Accounts due to the risks associated with real CME order execution during high-impact news events.
Hedging
Hedging is strictly prohibited on Live Accounts.
Violations may result in permanent account closure and a permanent ban from Blue Guardian Futures.
Household Rule
If one member of a household is actively trading a Live Account, other household members may not trade simulated Blue Guardian Futures accounts.
Section: Example
− Live Scaling Plan
− Live Accounts use a progressive scaling system that adjusts your maximum contract limits based on the profits generated on your Live Account.
− Scaling is reviewed at the end of each trading day (EOD).
− As your profits increase, additional contract limits become available. If your profits decrease, your maximum position size may also be reduced accordingly.
− Please note that contract limits also vary depending on the exchange and product traded. Certain highly volatile contracts may have lower maximum position sizes.
− $25,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 1 / 10 | 1 / 10 | 1 / 10 | 0 / 5 |
| $2,000+ | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 1 / 10 |
− $50,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 1 / 10 |
| $2,000 – $3,999 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 1 / 15 |
| $4,000+ | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 2 / 20 |
− $100,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 1 / 15 |
| $2,000 – $3,999 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 2 / 20 |
| $4,000 – $5,999 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 2 / 25 |
| $6,000+ | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 3 / 30 |
− $150,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 2 / 20 |
| $2,000 – $3,999 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 2 / 25 |
| $4,000 – $5,999 | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 3 / 30 |
| $6,000 – $8,999 | 8 / 80 | 8 / 80 | 6 / 60 | 4 / 40 |
| $9,000+ | 10 / 100 | 8 / 80 | 6 / 60 | 5 / 50 |
− Attempting to intentionally circumvent the Live Scaling Plan may result in an account review by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
− Live Bonus
− The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
− To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
−
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
− Example
− A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
− Each account begins with:
− - $0 starting balance
− - $2,000 Live drawdown
− Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
− In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
− Please note that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
Is reaching Payout 5 a guarantee that I will receive a Live Account?
Reaching Payout 5 places you into the Live Review Pool, but it does not guarantee promotion to a Live Account. Every trader is individually assessed by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Can I purchase a Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be purchased and are only earned through consistent trading performance.
Can I buy back a breached Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be reset, repurchased, or reactivated.
If you breach a Live Account, you must earn another opportunity through the funded program.
What happens if I breach my Live Account?
If a Live Account is breached:
Section: What happens if I breach my Live Account?
− - A standard 2-week cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
- Traders who repeatedly breach Live Accounts through reckless or excessive risk-taking may be subject to longer cooldown periods at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Need additional assistance?
If you have any questions regarding the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account Program, please contact our support team through Live Chat or by emailing [email protected]. We're always happy to help.
After
- 2 Express Funded Accounts
and each account has received at least one payout, all five accounts will move to Live together.
What happens to my remaining simulated accounts?
Once you transition to Live:
- All active Evaluation Accounts will be closed.
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|
Section: Live Account Specifications
+
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Daily Loss Limit
There is no daily loss limit on Live Accounts.
Consistency Rule
There are no consistency requirements on Live Accounts.
Regardless of whether your account originated from the Standard, Reserve, Express, or Direct model, all consistency requirements are removed once you transition to Live.
News Trading
News trading is not permitted on Live Accounts due to the risks associated with real CME order execution during high-impact news events.
Hedging
Hedging is strictly prohibited on Live Accounts.
Violations may result in permanent account closure and a permanent ban from Blue Guardian Futures.
Household Rule
If one member of a household is actively trading a Live Account, other household members may not trade simulated Blue Guardian Futures accounts.
Section: Example
Is reaching Payout 5 a guarantee that I will receive a Live Account?
Reaching Payout 5 places you into the Live Review Pool, but it does not guarantee promotion to a Live Account. Every trader is individually assessed by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Can I purchase a Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be purchased and are only earned through consistent trading performance.
Can I buy back a breached Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be reset, repurchased, or reactivated.
If you breach a Live Account, you must earn another opportunity through the funded program.
What happens if I breach my Live Account?
If a Live Account is breached:
Section: What happens if I breach my Live Account?
+ - A standard 28 day cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
- Traders who repeatedly breach Live Accounts through reckless or excessive risk-taking may be subject to longer cooldown periods at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Need additional assistance?
If you have any questions regarding the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account Program, please contact our support team through Live Chat or by emailing [email protected]. We're always happy to help.
- 2 Express Funded Accounts
and each account has received at least one payout, all five accounts will move to Live together.
What happens to my remaining simulated accounts?
Once you transition to Live:
- All active Evaluation Accounts will be closed.
- Any funded account that has not yet received a payout will not move to Live.
- If a funded account is ineligible because it has received zero payouts, the evaluation fee paid for that account will be refunded.
Refunds for Evaluation Accounts and Funded Accounts that have not yet received a payout are subject to the account’s remaining maximum drawdown:
- If the account has more than 50% of its maximum drawdown remaining, your evaluation fee will be refunded.
- If the account has 50% or less of its maximum drawdown remaining, the account will be closed without a refund. If you intend to continue using evaluation accounts, we recommend not holding unused evaluations when approaching Live eligibility.
Live Account Specifications
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|
Section: Live Account Specifications
−
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 2 Minis / 20 Micros |
+
| Funded Account Size | Starting Live Drawdown | Maximum Position Size |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,000 | 1 Minis / 10 Micros |
| $50,000 | $2,000 | 4 Minis / 40 Micros |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | 6 Minis / 60 Micros |
| $150,000 | $4,500 | 10 Minis / 100 Micros |
Please note: Certain highly volatile contracts may have reduced position limits to ensure traders remain within the available drawdown.
Live Account Rules
Once promoted, Live Accounts operate under the following conditions.
Profit Split
- Trader receives 90%
- Blue Guardian receives 10%
Payout Frequency
- Daily payouts.
- No payout caps.
Daily Loss Limit
There is no daily loss limit on Live Accounts.
Consistency Rule
There are no consistency requirements on Live Accounts.
Regardless of whether your account originated from the Standard, Reserve, Express, or Direct model, all consistency requirements are removed once you transition to Live.
News Trading
News trading is not permitted on Live Accounts due to the risks associated with real CME order execution during high-impact news events.
Hedging
Hedging is strictly prohibited on Live Accounts.
Violations may result in permanent account closure and a permanent ban from Blue Guardian Futures.
Household Rule
If one member of a household is actively trading a Live Account, other household members may not trade simulated Blue Guardian Futures accounts.
Section: Example
− Live Scaling Plan
− Live Accounts use a progressive scaling system that adjusts your maximum contract limits based on the profits generated on your Live Account.
− Scaling is reviewed at the end of each trading day (EOD).
− As your profits increase, additional contract limits become available. If your profits decrease, your maximum position size may also be reduced accordingly.
− Please note that contract limits also vary depending on the exchange and product traded. Certain highly volatile contracts may have lower maximum position sizes.
− $25,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 1 / 10 | 1 / 10 | 1 / 10 | 0 / 5 |
| $2,000+ | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 1 / 10 |
− $50,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 2 / 20 | 1 / 10 |
| $2,000 – $3,999 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 1 / 15 |
| $4,000+ | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 2 / 20 |
− $100,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 3 / 30 | 1 / 15 |
| $2,000 – $3,999 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 2 / 20 |
| $4,000 – $5,999 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 2 / 25 |
| $6,000+ | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 3 / 30 |
− $150,000 Live Account
−
| Profit Range | CME | CBOT | NYMEX | COMEX |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| $0 – $1,999 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 4 / 40 | 2 / 20 |
| $2,000 – $3,999 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 5 / 50 | 2 / 25 |
| $4,000 – $5,999 | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 6 / 60 | 3 / 30 |
| $6,000 – $8,999 | 8 / 80 | 8 / 80 | 6 / 60 | 4 / 40 |
| $9,000+ | 10 / 100 | 8 / 80 | 6 / 60 | 5 / 50 |
− Attempting to intentionally circumvent the Live Scaling Plan may result in an account review by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
− Live Bonus
− The first time a trader is promoted to Live, they may be eligible to receive a one-time Live Bonus for every account included in their first Live transition.
− To qualify, the trader must generate live profits equal to the Live Target shown below.
−
| Funded Account Size | Live Target | Live Bonus |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
− Example
− A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
− Each account begins with:
− - $0 starting balance
− - $2,000 Live drawdown
− Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
− In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
− Please note that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
Is reaching Payout 5 a guarantee that I will receive a Live Account?
Reaching Payout 5 places you into the Live Review Pool, but it does not guarantee promotion to a Live Account. Every trader is individually assessed by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Can I purchase a Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be purchased and are only earned through consistent trading performance.
Can I buy back a breached Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be reset, repurchased, or reactivated.
If you breach a Live Account, you must earn another opportunity through the funded program.
What happens if I breach my Live Account?
If a Live Account is breached:
Section: What happens if I breach my Live Account?
− - A standard 2-week cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
+ - A standard 28 day cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
- Traders who repeatedly breach Live Accounts through reckless or excessive risk-taking may be subject to longer cooldown periods at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Need additional assistance?
If you have any questions regarding the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account Program, please contact our support team through Live Chat or by emailing [email protected]. We're always happy to help.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program | Blue Guardian | FuturesMinimum payout threshold increased from $100 to $200, and payout processing schedule now specified as twice monthly on the 15th and 30th.Sep 11
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Discount Code
$2500 Cash Bonus
24/7 Support
Affiliate Badge on X
5 x 10k Forex Accounts or 2 x 50K Futures Accounts
Promotional Content for Affiliates
Affiliates can promote Blue Guardian Futures’ trader funding program and platform. This includes sharing details on account options, pricing, trading guidelines, platform features, and account limits. All content should accurately represent Blue Guardian Futures’ offerings.
Permissible Marketing Channels
Affiliates can utilize blogs, banner ads, email, social media, YouTube, podcasts, and other digital channels to share information about Blue Guardian Futures.
Restricted Marketing Practices
Paid advertising, such as pay-per-click ads, is not permitted in the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program. Prohibited methods include Google Ads, Facebook Ads, native advertising, paid endorsements, or any other form of paid promotion. Affiliates may not refer individuals living in the same household, and spam or illegal marketing activities are strictly banned.
All affiliates are expected to follow ethical marketing practices, representing Blue Guardian Futures truthfully and transparently. Any form of misleading or deceptive advertising may result in immediate removal from the program and forfeiture of commissions.
Section: How and when do payouts work?
− Commission Payment Schedule
− Affiliate commissions can be requested the dashboard. Affiliates must have a minimum balance of $100 to request a payout, and taxes remain the responsibility of the affiliate.
Affiliate Program Termination Policies
Blue Guardian Futures may terminate affiliates for violating promotional policies, engaging in suspicious activity, or any other reason deemed harmful to the program. Upon termination, affiliates lose all program rights, and any pending earnings will be forfeited.
Blue Guardian Futures reserves the right to audit affiliate activity and request details on promotional practices. Failure to provide accurate information may result in termination of the partnership.
These guidelines are subject to updates by Blue Guardian Futures. For questions, please reach out to our team through live chat on the website or email to [email protected] .
After
Discount Code
$2500 Cash Bonus
24/7 Support
Affiliate Badge on X
5 x 10k Forex Accounts or 2 x 50K Futures Accounts
Promotional Content for Affiliates
Affiliates can promote Blue Guardian Futures’ trader funding program and platform. This includes sharing details on account options, pricing, trading guidelines, platform features, and account limits. All content should accurately represent Blue Guardian Futures’ offerings.
Permissible Marketing Channels
Affiliates can utilize blogs, banner ads, email, social media, YouTube, podcasts, and other digital channels to share information about Blue Guardian Futures.
Restricted Marketing Practices
Paid advertising, such as pay-per-click ads, is not permitted in the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program. Prohibited methods include Google Ads, Facebook Ads, native advertising, paid endorsements, or any other form of paid promotion. Affiliates may not refer individuals living in the same household, and spam or illegal marketing activities are strictly banned.
All affiliates are expected to follow ethical marketing practices, representing Blue Guardian Futures truthfully and transparently. Any form of misleading or deceptive advertising may result in immediate removal from the program and forfeiture of commissions.
Section: How and when do payouts work?
+ How and when do payouts work?
+ Once your account balance reaches the $200 minimum threshold, you're eligible to request a payout. Submit your request anytime through your affiliate dashboard.
+ Payouts are processed twice a month, on the 15th and the 30th. If the 30th doesn't exist in a given month, the payout is processed on the last day of that month instead. If either of those dates falls on a weekend, it moves to the next business day.
+ Please note that only one payout request can be active at a time. While your request is pending, you can continue earning commissions as usual.
Affiliate Program Termination Policies
Blue Guardian Futures may terminate affiliates for violating promotional policies, engaging in suspicious activity, or any other reason deemed harmful to the program. Upon termination, affiliates lose all program rights, and any pending earnings will be forfeited.
Blue Guardian Futures reserves the right to audit affiliate activity and request details on promotional practices. Failure to provide accurate information may result in termination of the partnership.
These guidelines are subject to updates by Blue Guardian Futures. For questions, please reach out to our team through live chat on the website or email to [email protected] .
Discount Code
$2500 Cash Bonus
24/7 Support
Affiliate Badge on X
5 x 10k Forex Accounts or 2 x 50K Futures Accounts
Promotional Content for Affiliates
Affiliates can promote Blue Guardian Futures’ trader funding program and platform. This includes sharing details on account options, pricing, trading guidelines, platform features, and account limits. All content should accurately represent Blue Guardian Futures’ offerings.
Permissible Marketing Channels
Affiliates can utilize blogs, banner ads, email, social media, YouTube, podcasts, and other digital channels to share information about Blue Guardian Futures.
Restricted Marketing Practices
Paid advertising, such as pay-per-click ads, is not permitted in the Blue Guardian Futures Affiliate Program. Prohibited methods include Google Ads, Facebook Ads, native advertising, paid endorsements, or any other form of paid promotion. Affiliates may not refer individuals living in the same household, and spam or illegal marketing activities are strictly banned.
All affiliates are expected to follow ethical marketing practices, representing Blue Guardian Futures truthfully and transparently. Any form of misleading or deceptive advertising may result in immediate removal from the program and forfeiture of commissions.
Section: How and when do payouts work?
− Commission Payment Schedule
− Affiliate commissions can be requested the dashboard. Affiliates must have a minimum balance of $100 to request a payout, and taxes remain the responsibility of the affiliate.
+ How and when do payouts work?
+ Once your account balance reaches the $200 minimum threshold, you're eligible to request a payout. Submit your request anytime through your affiliate dashboard.
+ Payouts are processed twice a month, on the 15th and the 30th. If the 30th doesn't exist in a given month, the payout is processed on the last day of that month instead. If either of those dates falls on a weekend, it moves to the next business day.
+ Please note that only one payout request can be active at a time. While your request is pending, you can continue earning commissions as usual.
Affiliate Program Termination Policies
Blue Guardian Futures may terminate affiliates for violating promotional policies, engaging in suspicious activity, or any other reason deemed harmful to the program. Upon termination, affiliates lose all program rights, and any pending earnings will be forfeited.
Blue Guardian Futures reserves the right to audit affiliate activity and request details on promotional practices. Failure to provide accurate information may result in termination of the partnership.
These guidelines are subject to updates by Blue Guardian Futures. For questions, please reach out to our team through live chat on the website or email to [email protected] .
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · 24 Hours Payout Guarantee | Blue Guardian | FuturesPayout guarantee now restricted to accounts opened before September 1, 2026; exceptions and eligibility conditions substantially expanded and clarified. TIER: majorSep 10
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Section: Eligibility
− We are committed to processing all payouts within 24 business hours. If we fail to meet this timeframe due to a delay on our end, you will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
− Please note:
− Rewards are processed on business days only and the 24 Hours Reward Guarantee timer is paused during weekends.
− During weekends and bank holidays, processing times may be slightly extended due to limited banking operations and reduced staff availability.
− If there are any issues with your payout, our risk team will contact you via email.
− Note:
− Delays caused by compliance checks, risk reviews, or a lack of timely response on your part (including onboarding with Rise) do not qualify for the 10% profit split upgrade, as these situations fall outside our control. Thank you for your understanding and continued trust in Blue Guardian.
After
Section: Eligibility
+ Blue Guardian is committed to processing eligible payout requests as quickly and efficiently as possible. For accounts covered by our 24-Hour Payout Guarantee, eligible payouts are processed within 24 business hours.
+ If an eligible payout exceeds this timeframe, the trader will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of the payout guarantee.
+ Eligibility
+ The 24-Hour Payout Guarantee only applies to eligible accounts purchased before September 1, 2026.
+ Accounts purchased on or after September 1, 2026 are not covered by the 24-Hour Payout Guarantee.
+ Accounts purchased before this date may remain eligible, provided that all other payout requirements and conditions are met.
+ Exceptions
+ The 24-hour timeframe may be paused or excluded in circumstances where additional processing or action is required. The guarantee does not apply to delays involving:
+ - Weekends or applicable bank holidays
+ - Compliance checks, risk reviews, or additional account investigations
+ - Rise onboarding or processing delays
+ - Pending documentation, verification, or information from the trader
+ - Any required action from the trader that has not yet been completed
+ The 24-business-hour time frame begins once the payout request is eligible for processing and all required information, documentation, and trader actions have been completed.
+ If a payout is subject to additional compliance or risk review, the guarantee will not apply for the duration of that review.
Section: Eligibility
− We are committed to processing all payouts within 24 business hours. If we fail to meet this timeframe due to a delay on our end, you will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
− Please note:
− Rewards are processed on business days only and the 24 Hours Reward Guarantee timer is paused during weekends.
− During weekends and bank holidays, processing times may be slightly extended due to limited banking operations and reduced staff availability.
− If there are any issues with your payout, our risk team will contact you via email.
− Note:
− Delays caused by compliance checks, risk reviews, or a lack of timely response on your part (including onboarding with Rise) do not qualify for the 10% profit split upgrade, as these situations fall outside our control. Thank you for your understanding and continued trust in Blue Guardian.
+ Blue Guardian is committed to processing eligible payout requests as quickly and efficiently as possible. For accounts covered by our 24-Hour Payout Guarantee, eligible payouts are processed within 24 business hours.
+ If an eligible payout exceeds this timeframe, the trader will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of the payout guarantee.
+ Eligibility
+ The 24-Hour Payout Guarantee only applies to eligible accounts purchased before September 1, 2026.
+ Accounts purchased on or after September 1, 2026 are not covered by the 24-Hour Payout Guarantee.
+ Accounts purchased before this date may remain eligible, provided that all other payout requirements and conditions are met.
+ Exceptions
+ The 24-hour timeframe may be paused or excluded in circumstances where additional processing or action is required. The guarantee does not apply to delays involving:
+ - Weekends or applicable bank holidays
+ - Compliance checks, risk reviews, or additional account investigations
+ - Rise onboarding or processing delays
+ - Pending documentation, verification, or information from the trader
+ - Any required action from the trader that has not yet been completed
+ The 24-business-hour time frame begins once the payout request is eligible for processing and all required information, documentation, and trader actions have been completed.
+ If a payout is subject to additional compliance or risk review, the guarantee will not apply for the duration of that review.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Payout Policy | Blue Guardian | FuturesRemoved 24-hour payout guarantee, exceptions list, and 10% profit share compensation for missed deadlines. TIER: majorSep 10
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Subject to consistency rule
Profit Split
All funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $2,000:
- Trader receives: $1,800
- Firm receives: $200
Payout Schedule
| Rule | Details |
|---|---|
| Processing Time | Within 24 business hours |
| Withdrawal Methods | Rise or Crypto |
| Minimum Withdrawal | $500 Crypto / $500 Rise |
− 24-Hour Payout Guarantee
− We are committed to processing all payouts within 24 business hours. If we fail to meet this timeframe due to a delay on our end, you will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
− Exceptions
− This guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
− - Weekends or bank holidays
− - Compliance or risk reviews
− - Delays in Rise onboarding
− - Pending trader response
Payout Processing Fee
All payouts are subject to a 3% processing fee to cover payment processing and transaction costs.
This means the final amount received may differ slightly from the amount displayed on your payout certificate.
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
- Subject to consistency rule
Profit Split
All funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $2,000:
- Trader receives: $1,800
- Firm receives: $200
Payout Schedule
| Rule | Details |
|---|---|
| Processing Time | Within 24 business hours |
| Withdrawal Methods | Rise or Crypto |
| Minimum Withdrawal | $500 Crypto / $500 Rise |
Payout Processing Fee
All payouts are subject to a 3% processing fee to cover payment processing and transaction costs.
This means the final amount received may differ slightly from the amount displayed on your payout certificate.
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
- Subject to consistency rule
Profit Split
All funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $2,000:
- Trader receives: $1,800
- Firm receives: $200
Payout Schedule
| Rule | Details |
|---|---|
| Processing Time | Within 24 business hours |
| Withdrawal Methods | Rise or Crypto |
| Minimum Withdrawal | $500 Crypto / $500 Rise |
− 24-Hour Payout Guarantee
− We are committed to processing all payouts within 24 business hours. If we fail to meet this timeframe due to a delay on our end, you will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
− Exceptions
− This guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
− - Weekends or bank holidays
− - Compliance or risk reviews
− - Delays in Rise onboarding
− - Pending trader response
Payout Processing Fee
All payouts are subject to a 3% processing fee to cover payment processing and transaction costs.
This means the final amount received may differ slightly from the amount displayed on your payout certificate.
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · What is the Blue Guardian Futures Live Account? | Blue Guardian | FuturesLive Funding Eligibility by Country section and geographic restrictions table removed; wording change to em dash punctuation.Sep 10
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
The Blue Guardian Futures Live Account is the highest level of the Blue Guardian Futures program, designed exclusively for traders who have demonstrated exceptional consistency, disciplined risk management, and long-term profitability.
Unlike Evaluation and Funded Accounts, Live Accounts operate using real CME market execution with real capital through Blue Guardian's partnered brokerage infrastructure.
− Live Accounts represent the final progression within the Blue Guardian Futures ecosystem and are earned through performance—not purchased.
Once promoted, traders gain access to real capital, daily payouts, no consistency requirements, and additional incentives designed to reward professional trading.
How do I become eligible for a Live Account?
Live Accounts are not automatically awarded and cannot be purchased.
Instead, traders become eligible for Live Review after demonstrating consistent performance on funded accounts.
A trader may enter the Live Review Pool when one or more of the following conditions are met:
- Successfully reaching Payout 5 on a funded account.
- Receiving a significant amount of lifetime payouts.
- Demonstrating exceptional performance on funded accounts.
- Having previously traded on a Blue Guardian Live Account.
Important
Reaching Payout 5 does not guarantee promotion to a Live Account.
It simply places the trader into the Live Review Pool, where the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team evaluates whether the trader is ready to transition to live capital.
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Each account begins with:
- $0 starting balance
- $2,000 Live drawdown
Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
Please note that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
− Live Funding Eligibility by Country
− Live-funded accounts are only available to traders residing in eligible jurisdictions.
− If you reside in one of the countries listed below, you may still purchase and trade Evaluation and Sim Funded accounts. However, you will not be eligible to transition to a Live-funded account after meeting the Live requirements unless otherwise stated or approved by our Compliance Team.
−
| Country | Live Funding Status | Special Notes |
|---|---|---|
| Antarctica | Sim Funded Only | | |
| Burkina Faso | Sim Funded Only | | |
| Cameroon | Sim Funded Only | | |
| Canada | Sim Funded Only | Ontario residents only |
− China | Sim Funded Only | Live funding may be available following a successful AML review.
−
| Croatia (Hrvatska) | Sim Funded Only | |
|---|---|
| Gibraltar | Sim Funded Only | |
| Haiti | Sim Funded Only | |
− Hong Kong | Sim Funded Only | Live funding may be available following a successful AML review.
−
| Jordan | Sim Funded Only | |
|---|---|
| Kenya | Sim Funded Only | |
| Monaco | Sim Funded Only | |
| Mozambique | Sim Funded Only | |
| Namibia | Sim Funded Only | |
| Nigeria | Sim Funded Only | |
| Philippines | Sim Funded Only | |
| Qatar | Sim Funded Only | |
| Republic of North Macedonia | Sim Funded Only | |
| Romania | Sim Funded Only | |
| Senegal | Sim Funded Only | |
| Serbia | Sim Funded Only | |
| Slovenia | Sim Funded Only | |
| South Africa | Sim Funded Only | |
− South Korea | Sim Funded Only | Live funding is not available based on both citizenship and residency.
−
| Tanzania | Sim Funded Only | |
|---|---|
| Turkmenistan | Sim Funded Only | |
| United Arab Emirates | Sim Funded Only | |
− Please note: This list may change from time to time as a result of regulatory, compliance or business requirements. Blue Guardian reserves the right to update Live funding eligibility without prior notice.
Is reaching Payout 5 a guarantee that I will receive a Live Account?
Reaching Payout 5 places you into the Live Review Pool, but it does not guarantee promotion to a Live Account. Every trader is individually assessed by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Can I purchase a Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be purchased and are only earned through consistent trading performance.
Can I buy back a breached Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be reset, repurchased, or reactivated.
If you breach a Live Account, you must earn another opportunity through the funded program.
What happens if I breach my Live Account?
If a Live Account is breached:
- A standard 2-week cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
- Traders who repeatedly breach Live Accounts through reckless or excessive risk-taking may be subject to longer cooldown periods at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Need additional assistance?
After
The Blue Guardian Futures Live Account is the highest level of the Blue Guardian Futures program, designed exclusively for traders who have demonstrated exceptional consistency, disciplined risk management, and long-term profitability.
Unlike Evaluation and Funded Accounts, Live Accounts operate using real CME market execution with real capital through Blue Guardian's partnered brokerage infrastructure.
+ Live Accounts represent the final progression within the Blue Guardian Futures ecosystem and are earned through performance, not purchased.
Once promoted, traders gain access to real capital, daily payouts, no consistency requirements, and additional incentives designed to reward professional trading.
How do I become eligible for a Live Account?
Live Accounts are not automatically awarded and cannot be purchased.
Instead, traders become eligible for Live Review after demonstrating consistent performance on funded accounts.
A trader may enter the Live Review Pool when one or more of the following conditions are met:
- Successfully reaching Payout 5 on a funded account.
- Receiving a significant amount of lifetime payouts.
- Demonstrating exceptional performance on funded accounts.
- Having previously traded on a Blue Guardian Live Account.
Important
Reaching Payout 5 does not guarantee promotion to a Live Account.
It simply places the trader into the Live Review Pool, where the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team evaluates whether the trader is ready to transition to live capital.
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Each account begins with:
- $0 starting balance
- $2,000 Live drawdown
Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
Please note that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
Is reaching Payout 5 a guarantee that I will receive a Live Account?
Reaching Payout 5 places you into the Live Review Pool, but it does not guarantee promotion to a Live Account. Every trader is individually assessed by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Can I purchase a Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be purchased and are only earned through consistent trading performance.
Can I buy back a breached Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be reset, repurchased, or reactivated.
If you breach a Live Account, you must earn another opportunity through the funded program.
What happens if I breach my Live Account?
If a Live Account is breached:
- A standard 2-week cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
- Traders who repeatedly breach Live Accounts through reckless or excessive risk-taking may be subject to longer cooldown periods at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Need additional assistance?
The Blue Guardian Futures Live Account is the highest level of the Blue Guardian Futures program, designed exclusively for traders who have demonstrated exceptional consistency, disciplined risk management, and long-term profitability.
Unlike Evaluation and Funded Accounts, Live Accounts operate using real CME market execution with real capital through Blue Guardian's partnered brokerage infrastructure.
− Live Accounts represent the final progression within the Blue Guardian Futures ecosystem and are earned through performance—not purchased.
+ Live Accounts represent the final progression within the Blue Guardian Futures ecosystem and are earned through performance, not purchased.
Once promoted, traders gain access to real capital, daily payouts, no consistency requirements, and additional incentives designed to reward professional trading.
How do I become eligible for a Live Account?
Live Accounts are not automatically awarded and cannot be purchased.
Instead, traders become eligible for Live Review after demonstrating consistent performance on funded accounts.
A trader may enter the Live Review Pool when one or more of the following conditions are met:
- Successfully reaching Payout 5 on a funded account.
- Receiving a significant amount of lifetime payouts.
- Demonstrating exceptional performance on funded accounts.
- Having previously traded on a Blue Guardian Live Account.
Important
Reaching Payout 5 does not guarantee promotion to a Live Account.
It simply places the trader into the Live Review Pool, where the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team evaluates whether the trader is ready to transition to live capital.
| $25,000 | $1,100 | $1,000 |
|---|---|---|
| $50,000 | $2,100 | $2,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,100 | $3,000 |
| $150,000 | $4,600 | $4,500 |
Example
A trader transitions to Live with five $50,000 funded accounts.
Each account begins with:
- $0 starting balance
- $2,000 Live drawdown
Once each account generates $2,100 in profit, the trader receives a $2,000 Live Bonus on each account.
In this example, the trader would receive a total Live Bonus of $10,000.
Please note that the Live Bonus is only available during a trader's first Live transition and cannot be earned again on future Live promotions.
− Live Funding Eligibility by Country
− Live-funded accounts are only available to traders residing in eligible jurisdictions.
− If you reside in one of the countries listed below, you may still purchase and trade Evaluation and Sim Funded accounts. However, you will not be eligible to transition to a Live-funded account after meeting the Live requirements unless otherwise stated or approved by our Compliance Team.
−
| Country | Live Funding Status | Special Notes |
|---|---|---|
| Antarctica | Sim Funded Only | | |
| Burkina Faso | Sim Funded Only | | |
| Cameroon | Sim Funded Only | | |
| Canada | Sim Funded Only | Ontario residents only |
− China | Sim Funded Only | Live funding may be available following a successful AML review.
−
| Croatia (Hrvatska) | Sim Funded Only | |
|---|---|
| Gibraltar | Sim Funded Only | |
| Haiti | Sim Funded Only | |
− Hong Kong | Sim Funded Only | Live funding may be available following a successful AML review.
−
| Jordan | Sim Funded Only | |
|---|---|
| Kenya | Sim Funded Only | |
| Monaco | Sim Funded Only | |
| Mozambique | Sim Funded Only | |
| Namibia | Sim Funded Only | |
| Nigeria | Sim Funded Only | |
| Philippines | Sim Funded Only | |
| Qatar | Sim Funded Only | |
| Republic of North Macedonia | Sim Funded Only | |
| Romania | Sim Funded Only | |
| Senegal | Sim Funded Only | |
| Serbia | Sim Funded Only | |
| Slovenia | Sim Funded Only | |
| South Africa | Sim Funded Only | |
− South Korea | Sim Funded Only | Live funding is not available based on both citizenship and residency.
−
| Tanzania | Sim Funded Only | |
|---|---|
| Turkmenistan | Sim Funded Only | |
| United Arab Emirates | Sim Funded Only | |
− Please note: This list may change from time to time as a result of regulatory, compliance or business requirements. Blue Guardian reserves the right to update Live funding eligibility without prior notice.
Is reaching Payout 5 a guarantee that I will receive a Live Account?
Reaching Payout 5 places you into the Live Review Pool, but it does not guarantee promotion to a Live Account. Every trader is individually assessed by the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Can I purchase a Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be purchased and are only earned through consistent trading performance.
Can I buy back a breached Live Account?
Live Accounts cannot be reset, repurchased, or reactivated.
If you breach a Live Account, you must earn another opportunity through the funded program.
What happens if I breach my Live Account?
If a Live Account is breached:
- A standard 2-week cooldown applies before purchasing a new evaluation.
- Traders who repeatedly breach Live Accounts through reckless or excessive risk-taking may be subject to longer cooldown periods at the discretion of the Blue Guardian Futures Risk Team.
Need additional assistance?
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Direct Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesWithdrawal methods, minimum withdrawal amount, and 24-hour payout guarantee with conditions removed entirely.Sep 10
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
This gives traders greater flexibility, allowing payouts as soon as they meet the required conditions.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the consistency and payout profit goal.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $1000 via crypto and $1000 via rise
− 24-Hour Payout Guarantee
− At Blue Guardian, payouts are processed within 24 business hours. If your payout exceeds this timeframe, you will receive additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
− Exceptions:
− The payout guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
− - Weekends or bank holidays
− - Compliance checks or risk reviews
− - Delays in Rise onboarding or pending trader response
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
This gives traders greater flexibility, allowing payouts as soon as they meet the required conditions.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the consistency and payout profit goal.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $1000 via crypto and $1000 via rise
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
This gives traders greater flexibility, allowing payouts as soon as they meet the required conditions.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the consistency and payout profit goal.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $1000 via crypto and $1000 via rise
− 24-Hour Payout Guarantee
− At Blue Guardian, payouts are processed within 24 business hours. If your payout exceeds this timeframe, you will receive additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
− Exceptions:
− The payout guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
− - Weekends or bank holidays
− - Compliance checks or risk reviews
− - Delays in Rise onboarding or pending trader response
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Express Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesWithdrawal methods changed from Rise or Crypto to unspecified; minimum withdrawal amounts and 24-hour payout guarantee with 10% bonus removed. TIER: majorSep 10
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawal : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
− 24-Hour Payout Guarantee
− At Blue Guardian, payouts are processed within 24 business hours. If your payout exceeds this timeframe, you will receive additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
− Exceptions:
− The payout guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
− - Weekends or bank holidays
− - Compliance checks or risk reviews
− - Delays in Rise on boarding or pending trader response
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
After
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawal : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawal : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
− 24-Hour Payout Guarantee
− At Blue Guardian, payouts are processed within 24 business hours. If your payout exceeds this timeframe, you will receive additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
− Exceptions:
− The payout guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
− - Weekends or bank holidays
− - Compliance checks or risk reviews
− - Delays in Rise on boarding or pending trader response
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Reserve Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesWithdrawal methods changed from Rise or Crypto to unspecified; minimum withdrawal amounts and 24-hour payout guarantee with conditions removed.Sep 10
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Once a payout is approved, both the 5 winning-day count and net-profit requirement reset for the next payout cycle.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
− 24-Hour Payout Guarantee
− At Blue Guardian, payouts are processed within 24 business hours. If your payout exceeds this timeframe, you will receive additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
− Exceptions:
− The payout guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
− - Weekends or bank holidays
− - Compliance checks or risk reviews
− - Delays in Rise onboarding or pending trader response
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Reserve accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $75 |
| $50,000 | $104 |
| $100,000 | $167 |
| $150,000 | $312 |
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
After
Once a payout is approved, both the 5 winning-day count and net-profit requirement reset for the next payout cycle.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Reserve accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $75 |
| $50,000 | $104 |
| $100,000 | $167 |
| $150,000 | $312 |
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
Once a payout is approved, both the 5 winning-day count and net-profit requirement reset for the next payout cycle.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: Instant payout after meeting the winning days requirement.
- Processing Time: 24 business hours
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
− 24-Hour Payout Guarantee
− At Blue Guardian, payouts are processed within 24 business hours. If your payout exceeds this timeframe, you will receive additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
− Exceptions:
− The payout guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
− - Weekends or bank holidays
− - Compliance checks or risk reviews
− - Delays in Rise onboarding or pending trader response
Reserve Account Reset Fees
Reserve accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $75 |
| $50,000 | $104 |
| $100,000 | $167 |
| $150,000 | $312 |
Reserve Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Reserve model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Standard Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesWithdrawal methods changed from Rise or Crypto to Crypto only; minimum withdrawal amounts and payout guarantee removed.Sep 10
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
e.g if the balance reaches $54,000, the trader would have $1,900 available for withdrawal ($54,000 − $52,100 = $1,900), subject to the applicable payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: 3 days after placing first trade
- Processing Time: 1 business hour
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
− 24-Hour Payout Guarantee
− At Blue Guardian, payouts are processed within 24 business hours. If your payout exceeds this timeframe, you will receive additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
− Exceptions:
− The payout guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
− - Weekends or bank holidays
− - Compliance checks or risk reviews
− - Delays in Rise onboarding or pending trader response
Standard Account Reset Fees
Standard accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
After
e.g if the balance reaches $54,000, the trader would have $1,900 available for withdrawal ($54,000 − $52,100 = $1,900), subject to the applicable payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: 3 days after placing first trade
- Processing Time: 1 business hour
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
Standard Account Reset Fees
Standard accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
e.g if the balance reaches $54,000, the trader would have $1,900 available for withdrawal ($54,000 − $52,100 = $1,900), subject to the applicable payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
Payout Schedule
- Payout Frequency: 3 days after placing first trade
- Processing Time: 1 business hour
- Withdrawal Methods: Rise or Crypto
- Minimum Withdrawl : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
− 24-Hour Payout Guarantee
− At Blue Guardian, payouts are processed within 24 business hours. If your payout exceeds this timeframe, you will receive additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
− Exceptions:
− The payout guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
− - Weekends or bank holidays
− - Compliance checks or risk reviews
− - Delays in Rise onboarding or pending trader response
Standard Account Reset Fees
Standard accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $104 |
| $50,000 | $141 |
| $100,000 | $223 |
| $150,000 | $286 |
Standard Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Standard model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Express Account Rules | Blue Guardian | FuturesAdded $25,000 account tier across all tables; Daily Loss Limit changed from 2% formula to fixed amounts varying by size; Max Drawdown amounts decreased; payout limits and fees adjusted.Sep 2
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
The Blue Guardian Futures Express Evaluation is designed for traders who want fast, daily cash flow with the flexibility of daily payouts, while still following our trading rules and risk parameters.
−
| Balance | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 |
− Max Position Size | 4 Mini's/40 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 8 Mini's/ 80 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 12 Mini's/ 120 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded
−
| Daily Loss Limit | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Breach Type | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach |
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $3,500 | $5,000 |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Consistency | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only |
| News Trading | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed |
| Payouts | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout |
Overview of Express Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Express Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a fast-paced trading model with daily payout opportunities, giving greater flexibility and quicker access to profits.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions, and payout requirements for the Express account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Section: Daily Loss Limit
− For Express Accounts, the maximum daily loss limit is 2% of the initial balance across all account sizes.If your balance or equity falls below the daily loss threshold, the system will automatically close all open trades and temporarily disable the account.
− Please note that breaching the daily drawdown is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. The account will be automatically reinstated on the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Express Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
Examples:
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
− - $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $103,600
− - $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $156,100
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
This means that your highest-profit trading day cannot account for more than 40% of your total profits during the Challenge.To successfully complete the Challenge, you must not only reach the required profit target but also satisfy the 40% consistency requirement. If the consistency requirement has not been met, your account will not be eligible to pass until your profit distribution becomes compliant.
Violating the consistency rule does not breach or terminate your account. You simply need to continue trading until your highest-profit trading day represents less than 40% of your total profits.
Example
If your highest-profit trading day is $1,500, your total profits must exceed $3,750 before the Challenge can be successfully completed, ensuring your highest-profit trading day represents less than 40% of your total profits.
Example:
- Highest-profit trading day: $1,500
- Total profits: $4,000
- Highest-profit day represents 37.5% of total profits.
Since the consistency requirement has been met, the Challenge will be eligible to pass, provided all other Challenge requirements have also been satisfied.
How does payouts affect Express Drawdown?
After any payout/withdrawal, the drawdown floor will locked at your starting balance + $100. This ensures the account remains active and prevents traders from withdrawing down to the exact breach level.
Examples:
Section: Example
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $50,100
- $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $100,100
- $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $150,100
Rewards and Payout Structure
Payout cap
The payout cap on Blue Guardian Futures Express Accounts varies depending on your account size and is designed to provide fast daily cash flow while maintaining sustainable account growth.
Payouts follow a daily cap structure, meaning traders can request payouts every day, subject to the maximum payout cap assigned to their account size.
This structure gives traders quicker access to profits, consistent cash flow, and clear daily payout limits while continuing to scale their accounts steadily.
| Account Size | Max Daily Payout |
|---|
Section: Payout cap
| $50,000 | $1,100 |
−
| $25,000 | $600 |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $2,200 |
| $150,000 | $3,300 |
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
- Minimum Withdrawal : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
24-Hour Payout Guarantee
At Blue Guardian, payouts are processed within 24 business hours. If your payout exceeds this timeframe, you will receive additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
Exceptions:
The payout guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
- Weekends or bank holidays
- Compliance checks or risk reviews
- Delays in Rise on boarding or pending trader response
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|
Section: Express Account Reset Fees
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|
Section: Express Funded Account Reactivation
| $50,000 | $649 |
| $100,000 | $999 |
| $150,000 | $1,499 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
The Blue Guardian Futures Express Evaluation is designed for traders who want fast, daily cash flow with the flexibility of daily payouts, while still following our trading rules and risk parameters.
+
| Daily Loss Limit | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Balance | $25,000 | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
| Profit Target | $,1500 | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 |
+ Max Position Size | 1 Mini/10 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 4 Mini's/40 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 8 Mini's/ 80 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 12 Mini's/ 120 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded
+
| Daily Loss Limit | $500On Funded | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Breach Type | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach |
| Max Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Consistency | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only |
| News Trading | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed |
| Payouts | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout |
Overview of Express Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Express Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a fast-paced trading model with daily payout opportunities, giving greater flexibility and quicker access to profits.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions, and payout requirements for the Express account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Section: Daily Loss Limit
+ Express Accounts include a fixed Daily Loss Limit based on the account size.
+
| Account Size | Challenge Account | Funded Account |
|---|---|---|
| $25K | No Daily Loss Limit | $500 |
| $50K | $1,000 | $1,000 |
| $100K | $1,250 | $1,250 |
| $150K | $1,750 | $1,750 |
+ Please note: The $25K Express Challenge does not have a Daily Loss Limit. The $500 Daily Loss Limit only applies to the $25K Funded Account.
+ If your balance or equity falls below the applicable Daily Loss Limit, all open positions will be automatically closed and your account will be temporarily disabled for the remainder of the trading day. Exceeding the Daily Loss Limit is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. Your account will be automatically reinstated at the start of the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
+ Note: This Daily Loss Limit update applies only to Express Accounts purchased on or after September 2nd.
+ Express Accounts purchased before September 2nd will remain under the Daily Loss Limit that was applicable at the time of purchase.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Express Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
Examples:
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
+ - $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $26,100
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
+ - $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $102,600
+ - $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $153,600
+ Note: This Max Loss Limit update applies only to Express Accounts purchased on or after September 2nd.
+ Express Accounts purchased before September 2nd will remain under the Daily Loss Limit that was applicable at the time of purchase.
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
This means that your highest-profit trading day cannot account for more than 40% of your total profits during the Challenge.To successfully complete the Challenge, you must not only reach the required profit target but also satisfy the 40% consistency requirement. If the consistency requirement has not been met, your account will not be eligible to pass until your profit distribution becomes compliant.
Violating the consistency rule does not breach or terminate your account. You simply need to continue trading until your highest-profit trading day represents less than 40% of your total profits.
Example
If your highest-profit trading day is $1,500, your total profits must exceed $3,750 before the Challenge can be successfully completed, ensuring your highest-profit trading day represents less than 40% of your total profits.
Example:
- Highest-profit trading day: $1,500
- Total profits: $4,000
- Highest-profit day represents 37.5% of total profits.
Since the consistency requirement has been met, the Challenge will be eligible to pass, provided all other Challenge requirements have also been satisfied.
How does payouts affect Express Drawdown?
After any payout/withdrawal, the drawdown floor will locked at your starting balance + $100. This ensures the account remains active and prevents traders from withdrawing down to the exact breach level.
Examples:
Section: Example
+ - $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $25,100
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $50,100
- $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $100,100
- $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $150,100
Rewards and Payout Structure
Payout cap
The payout cap on Blue Guardian Futures Express Accounts varies depending on your account size and is designed to provide fast daily cash flow while maintaining sustainable account growth.
Payouts follow a daily cap structure, meaning traders can request payouts every day, subject to the maximum payout cap assigned to their account size.
This structure gives traders quicker access to profits, consistent cash flow, and clear daily payout limits while continuing to scale their accounts steadily.
| Account Size | Max Daily Payout |
|---|
Section: Payout cap
+
| $25,000 | $600 |
|---|
| $50,000 | $1,100 |
+
| $25,000 | $600 |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $1,500 |
| $150,000 | $2,500 |
+ Note for accounts purchased on or after September 2nd:
+ From the second payout onward, you are required to generate a minimum profit equal to 50% of your previous payout amount before becoming eligible to request your next payout.
+ Example: If you withdraw $1,100 from a $50K account, you must generate at least $550 in new profit before you can request your next payout.
+ Once the required profit has been reached and all other payout requirements are met, you can request your next payout on the following eligible payout day.
+ Minimum Payout Requirements
+ To request a payout, your available profit must meet the minimum payout requirement for your account size.
+
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
+ If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
+
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
|---|
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
- Minimum Withdrawal : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
24-Hour Payout Guarantee
At Blue Guardian, payouts are processed within 24 business hours. If your payout exceeds this timeframe, you will receive additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
Exceptions:
The payout guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
- Weekends or bank holidays
- Compliance checks or risk reviews
- Delays in Rise on boarding or pending trader response
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|
Section: Express Account Reset Fees
+
| $25,000 | $72 |
|---|
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|
Section: Express Funded Account Reactivation
+
| $25,000 | $180 |
|---|
| $50,000 | $649 |
| $100,000 | $999 |
| $150,000 | $1,499 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
The Blue Guardian Futures Express Evaluation is designed for traders who want fast, daily cash flow with the flexibility of daily payouts, while still following our trading rules and risk parameters.
−
| Balance | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Profit Target | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 |
− Max Position Size | 4 Mini's/40 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 8 Mini's/ 80 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 12 Mini's/ 120 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded
−
| Daily Loss Limit | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Breach Type | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach |
| Max Drawdown | $2,000 | $3,500 | $5,000 |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Consistency | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only |
| News Trading | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed |
| Payouts | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout |
+
| Daily Loss Limit | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Balance | $25,000 | $50,000 | $100,000 | $150,000 |
| Profit Target | $,1500 | $3,000 | $6,000 | $9,000 |
+ Max Position Size | 1 Mini/10 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 4 Mini's/40 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 8 Mini's/ 80 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded | 12 Mini's/ 120 Micro's on evaluation progressive scaling system on funded
+
| Daily Loss Limit | $500On Funded | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750 |
|---|---|---|---|
| Breach Type | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach | Soft Breach |
| Max Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 |
| Drawdown Mode | EOD | EOD | EOD | EOD |
| Position Scaling | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Consistency | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only | 40% on challenge only |
| News Trading | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed | Allowed |
| Payouts | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout | Instant Payout |
Overview of Express Account Rules
The Blue Guardian Futures Express Challenge is designed for traders who prefer a fast-paced trading model with daily payout opportunities, giving greater flexibility and quicker access to profits.
Traders can qualify for funded trading by completing the one-phase evaluation process, reaching the required profit target while complying with all trading rules and risk management requirements.
Below is a complete overview of the rules, trading conditions, and payout requirements for the Express account model.
Profit Target
Traders must achieve a 6% profit target on phase 1 while respecting all trading rules and risk limits.
Once the target is reached, the account will undergo a final review. After successful verification, the trader will move forward as a Funded Trader.
Daily Loss Limit
Section: Daily Loss Limit
− For Express Accounts, the maximum daily loss limit is 2% of the initial balance across all account sizes.If your balance or equity falls below the daily loss threshold, the system will automatically close all open trades and temporarily disable the account.
− Please note that breaching the daily drawdown is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. The account will be automatically reinstated on the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
+ Express Accounts include a fixed Daily Loss Limit based on the account size.
+
| Account Size | Challenge Account | Funded Account |
|---|---|---|
| $25K | No Daily Loss Limit | $500 |
| $50K | $1,000 | $1,000 |
| $100K | $1,250 | $1,250 |
| $150K | $1,750 | $1,750 |
+ Please note: The $25K Express Challenge does not have a Daily Loss Limit. The $500 Daily Loss Limit only applies to the $25K Funded Account.
+ If your balance or equity falls below the applicable Daily Loss Limit, all open positions will be automatically closed and your account will be temporarily disabled for the remainder of the trading day. Exceeding the Daily Loss Limit is considered a soft breach, not a hard breach. Your account will be automatically reinstated at the start of the next trading day, allowing you to continue trading.
+ Note: This Daily Loss Limit update applies only to Express Accounts purchased on or after September 2nd.
+ Express Accounts purchased before September 2nd will remain under the Daily Loss Limit that was applicable at the time of purchase.
Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
The Maximum Trailing Drawdown on Express Accounts varies depending on the account size and follows an End-of-Day (EOD) trailing model during both the Evaluation and Funded stages.
This means the trailing drawdown only adjusts based on your closed balance at the end of each trading day, allowing traders to better plan their positions and build consistent risk management habits.
Once your trailing drawdown reaches your starting balance, the drawdown will lock and no longer trail.
This locked level becomes your permanent maximum loss limit for the account.
Examples:
Section: Maximum Overall Drawdown (EOD)
+ - $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $26,100
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $52,100
− - $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $103,600
− - $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $156,100
+ - $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $102,600
+ - $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $153,600
+ Note: This Max Loss Limit update applies only to Express Accounts purchased on or after September 2nd.
+ Express Accounts purchased before September 2nd will remain under the Daily Loss Limit that was applicable at the time of purchase.
Is there a monthly fee or activation fee?
No. Blue Guardian Futures does not require any monthly subscription fees or activation fees before receiving your funded account.
The only payment required is the initial account purchase fee at checkout.
News Trading Rule
News trading is allowed on both Challenge and Funded Accounts.
Traders are free to open, manage and close trades during high-impact news events. However, we strongly advise traders to remain cautious during volatile market conditions, as slippage and spread widening may occur.
Stop Loss Rules
At Blue Guardian Futures, using a Stop Loss is not mandatory, but it is strongly encouraged as part of proper risk management.
The purpose is to promote disciplined trading and prevent reckless behavior such as intentionally relying on the account’s trailing threshold or maximum loss limits as a substitute for a stop loss.
Trading without a clear risk management plan, using excessive sizing, inconsistent contract sizes, or “all-in” strategies may be considered gambling and can lead to account review.
We encourage all traders to:
- Define their risk before entering a trade
This means that your highest-profit trading day cannot account for more than 40% of your total profits during the Challenge.To successfully complete the Challenge, you must not only reach the required profit target but also satisfy the 40% consistency requirement. If the consistency requirement has not been met, your account will not be eligible to pass until your profit distribution becomes compliant.
Violating the consistency rule does not breach or terminate your account. You simply need to continue trading until your highest-profit trading day represents less than 40% of your total profits.
Example
If your highest-profit trading day is $1,500, your total profits must exceed $3,750 before the Challenge can be successfully completed, ensuring your highest-profit trading day represents less than 40% of your total profits.
Example:
- Highest-profit trading day: $1,500
- Total profits: $4,000
- Highest-profit day represents 37.5% of total profits.
Since the consistency requirement has been met, the Challenge will be eligible to pass, provided all other Challenge requirements have also been satisfied.
How does payouts affect Express Drawdown?
After any payout/withdrawal, the drawdown floor will locked at your starting balance + $100. This ensures the account remains active and prevents traders from withdrawing down to the exact breach level.
Examples:
Section: Example
+ - $25,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $25,100
- $50,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $50,100
- $100,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $100,100
- $150,000 Account: Drawdown locks at $150,100
Rewards and Payout Structure
Payout cap
The payout cap on Blue Guardian Futures Express Accounts varies depending on your account size and is designed to provide fast daily cash flow while maintaining sustainable account growth.
Payouts follow a daily cap structure, meaning traders can request payouts every day, subject to the maximum payout cap assigned to their account size.
This structure gives traders quicker access to profits, consistent cash flow, and clear daily payout limits while continuing to scale their accounts steadily.
| Account Size | Max Daily Payout |
|---|
Section: Payout cap
+
| Account Size | Max Daily Payout |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $600 |
| $50,000 | $1,100 |
−
| Account Size | Max Daily Payout |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $2,200 |
| $150,000 | $3,300 |
+
| Account Size | Max Daily Payout |
|---|---|
| $100,000 | $1,500 |
| $150,000 | $2,500 |
+ Note for accounts purchased on or after September 2nd:
+ From the second payout onward, you are required to generate a minimum profit equal to 50% of your previous payout amount before becoming eligible to request your next payout.
+ Example: If you withdraw $1,100 from a $50K account, you must generate at least $550 in new profit before you can request your next payout.
+ Once the required profit has been reached and all other payout requirements are met, you can request your next payout on the following eligible payout day.
+ Minimum Payout Requirements
+ To request a payout, your available profit must meet the minimum payout requirement for your account size.
+
| Account Size | Minimum Payout |
|---|---|
| $25K | $250 |
| $50K | $500 |
| $100K | $1,000 |
| $150K | $1,500 |
+ If your available profit is below the minimum amount, you will need to continue trading until the minimum payout requirement is reached. All other payout eligibility requirements must also be met before a payout can be requested.
Buffer Balance (Payout Threshold)
For the Express model, the account balance must remain above the required buffer threshold before a payout can be requested.
This means withdrawals are only available from profits earned beyond the buffer amount and the buffer must stay intact at all times when submitting a payout request.
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|
Section: Minimum Payout Requirements
+
| Account Size | Funded Buffer |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,100 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Example: A trader starts with a funded balance of $50,000.
To become eligible for a payout, the account balance must first exceed the required buffer of $52,100.
If the trader grows the account to $53,000, they would have $900 available for withdrawal ($53,000 − $52,100 = $900), subject to the applicable daily payout cap.
Profit Split
Funded traders receive a 90% profit split.
Example:
If a trader earns $1,000 in profit, the payout would be:
- Trader receives $900
- Firm receives $100
- Minimum Withdrawal : $100 via crypto and $500 via rise
24-Hour Payout Guarantee
At Blue Guardian, payouts are processed within 24 business hours. If your payout exceeds this timeframe, you will receive additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
Exceptions:
The payout guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
- Weekends or bank holidays
- Compliance checks or risk reviews
- Delays in Rise on boarding or pending trader response
Express Account Reset Fees
Express accounts can be reset if breached, allowing traders to restart their evaluation without purchasing a new account. Reset fees are fixed based on account size and remain unchanged regardless of any active promotions or discount codes.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reset fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|
Section: Express Account Reset Fees
+
| Account Size | Reset Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $72 |
| $50,000 | $121 |
| $100,000 | $191 |
| $150,000 | $261 |
Express Funded Account Reactivation
Traders on the Express model may be eligible to reactivate a breached funded account without repeating the evaluation process. This allows you to return directly to funded status by paying a reactivation fee.
How it works:
- Available only if the account is breached before the first payout.
- Once a payout has been received, the account is no longer eligible for reactivation.
- Traders can reactivate the same account up to 2 times. After that, a new evaluation must be completed.
- The reactivation option remains available for 30 calendar days from the date of breach.
- Reactivated accounts keep the same account size, payout structure and trading conditions.
- Once the fee is paid, the account will be reactivated at the start of the next trading session.
Please refer to the table below for the applicable reactivation fees by account size.
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|
Section: Express Funded Account Reactivation
+
| Account Size | Reactivation Fee |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $180 |
| $50,000 | $649 |
| $100,000 | $999 |
| $150,000 | $1,499 |
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
BUnlistedBlue Guardian Futures · Payout Policy | Blue Guardian | FuturesPayout processing fee increased from 2% to 3%; one other change in fee schedule.Aug 31
Read the live article ↗All Blue Guardian Futures changesVersion historyVisit Blue Guardian Futures ↗
▸ View exact changes
The change in place, line by line
Before
| $25,000 | $25,100 |
|---|---|
| $50,000 | $50,100 |
| $100,000 | $100,100 |
| $150,000 | $150,100 |
Payout Comparison by Account Type
Standard Account
Designed for traders who want structured growth with increasing payout flexibility.
Payout Caps
| Account Size | 1st Payout Cap | 2nd+ Payout Cap |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $2,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | $3,500 |
Section: Payout Caps
−
| Account Size | 1st Payout Cap | 2nd+ Payout Cap |
|---|---|---|
| $150,000 | $4,000 | $4,000 |
Funded Buffer
Withdrawals cannot be requested from the buffer amount. Only profits generated above the required buffer are eligible for withdrawal.
| Account Size | Buffer Required |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,600 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Payout Requirements
- Must meet payout target
- Must maintain funded buffer
- Payout available 3 days after first trade
Reserve Account
| Processing Time | Within 24 business hours |
|---|---|
| Withdrawal Methods | Rise or Crypto |
| Minimum Withdrawal | $500 Crypto / $500 Rise |
24-Hour Payout Guarantee
We are committed to processing all payouts within 24 business hours. If we fail to meet this timeframe due to a delay on our end, you will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
Exceptions
This guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
- Weekends or bank holidays
- Compliance or risk reviews
- Delays in Rise onboarding
- Pending trader response
Payout Processing Fee
Section: Payout Processing Fee
− All payouts are subject to a 2% processing fee to cover payment processing and transaction costs.
This means the final amount received may differ slightly from the amount displayed on your payout certificate.
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
After
| $25,000 | $25,100 |
|---|---|
| $50,000 | $50,100 |
| $100,000 | $100,100 |
| $150,000 | $150,100 |
Payout Comparison by Account Type
Standard Account
Designed for traders who want structured growth with increasing payout flexibility.
Payout Caps
| Account Size | 1st Payout Cap | 2nd+ Payout Cap |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $2,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | $3,500 |
Section: Payout Caps
+
| Account Size | 1st Payout Cap | 2nd+ Payout Cap |
|---|---|---|
| $150,000 | $4,000 | $4,500 |
Funded Buffer
Withdrawals cannot be requested from the buffer amount. Only profits generated above the required buffer are eligible for withdrawal.
| Account Size | Buffer Required |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,600 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Payout Requirements
- Must meet payout target
- Must maintain funded buffer
- Payout available 3 days after first trade
Reserve Account
| Processing Time | Within 24 business hours |
|---|---|
| Withdrawal Methods | Rise or Crypto |
| Minimum Withdrawal | $500 Crypto / $500 Rise |
24-Hour Payout Guarantee
We are committed to processing all payouts within 24 business hours. If we fail to meet this timeframe due to a delay on our end, you will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
Exceptions
This guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
- Weekends or bank holidays
- Compliance or risk reviews
- Delays in Rise onboarding
- Pending trader response
Payout Processing Fee
Section: Payout Processing Fee
+ All payouts are subject to a 3% processing fee to cover payment processing and transaction costs.
This means the final amount received may differ slightly from the amount displayed on your payout certificate.
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
| $25,000 | $25,100 |
|---|---|
| $50,000 | $50,100 |
| $100,000 | $100,100 |
| $150,000 | $150,100 |
Payout Comparison by Account Type
Standard Account
Designed for traders who want structured growth with increasing payout flexibility.
Payout Caps
| Account Size | 1st Payout Cap | 2nd+ Payout Cap |
|---|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,500 | $2,000 |
| $50,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 |
| $100,000 | $3,000 | $3,500 |
Section: Payout Caps
−
| Account Size | 1st Payout Cap | 2nd+ Payout Cap |
|---|---|---|
| $150,000 | $4,000 | $4,000 |
+
| Account Size | 1st Payout Cap | 2nd+ Payout Cap |
|---|---|---|
| $150,000 | $4,000 | $4,500 |
Funded Buffer
Withdrawals cannot be requested from the buffer amount. Only profits generated above the required buffer are eligible for withdrawal.
| Account Size | Buffer Required |
|---|---|
| $25,000 | $1,600 |
| $50,000 | $2,100 |
| $100,000 | $3,600 |
| $150,000 | $5,100 |
Payout Requirements
- Must meet payout target
- Must maintain funded buffer
- Payout available 3 days after first trade
Reserve Account
| Processing Time | Within 24 business hours |
|---|---|
| Withdrawal Methods | Rise or Crypto |
| Minimum Withdrawal | $500 Crypto / $500 Rise |
24-Hour Payout Guarantee
We are committed to processing all payouts within 24 business hours. If we fail to meet this timeframe due to a delay on our end, you will receive an additional 10% profit share on that payout as part of our payout guarantee.
Exceptions
This guarantee does not apply in cases involving:
- Weekends or bank holidays
- Compliance or risk reviews
- Delays in Rise onboarding
- Pending trader response
Payout Processing Fee
Section: Payout Processing Fee
− All payouts are subject to a 2% processing fee to cover payment processing and transaction costs.
+ All payouts are subject to a 3% processing fee to cover payment processing and transaction costs.
This means the final amount received may differ slightly from the amount displayed on your payout certificate.
For any additional questions or assistance, please contact the Blue Guardian support team through live chat or via email at [email protected]. We’re always happy to help.
Firms on this radar
Apex Trader FundingPremierBluSkyPremierBulenoxPremier
DayTraders.comPremier
E8 MarketsPremier
FTMO FuturesPremier
FundedNext FuturesPremier
IQ CapitalPremierLucid TradingPremier
MyFundedFuturesPremier
PhidiasPremier
Take Profit TraderPremier
The Legends TradingPremier
TopstepPremier
TradeDayPremier
TradeifyPremierAAlpha FuturesUnlistedAAqua FuturesUnlistedBBlue Guardian FuturesUnlistedEEarn2TradeUnlistedFFunded Futures FamilyUnlistedFFunded Futures NetworkUnlistedFFutures EliteUnlistedGGoat Funded FuturesUnlistedHHolaPrimeUnlistedOOneUp TraderUnlistedTThe Trading PitUnlistedTTop One FuturesUnlistedTTraders LaunchUnlisted